Home
        7534 Group User`s Manual
         Contents
1.                                   Data name Structure Operation   Synchronize 8 bits Synchronized signal to communicate   Packet IDentifier 8 bits Data indicating processing of packet   Frame Number 11 bits Data to control the frame during communication by time   Address 7 bits Data to confirm the transmit destination of packet  and notify from transmitter   Endpoint 4 bits Data indicating transfer type used by device   Data 8 bits X 0 to 8 bytes  Data to be used when the processing specified by  PID is executed   Token CRCs 5 bits Data to check error when PID is token and SOF   Data CRCs 16 bits Data to check error when PID is DATA   End Of Packet 2 bits Data indicating the completion of packet       Note  The DATA numbers in L S  are shown in this table     PID is classified into 3 kinds in the structure data of Table 2 4 3    Token is used to give the device the instruction of communication processing  and report on the  processing of the following stages  It is only a host to be able to issue the token    Data is used to transmit and receive data which is the content of the instruction of the token  and  execute the processing in the stage  It is a host to be able to issue the data when the token is SETUP  and OUT  and it is a device when the token is IN    Handshake indicates the completion of the communication at the end    It is a host to be able to issue the handshake when the token is IN  and it is a host when the token  is SETUP and OUT    Table 2 4 4 shows PID     
2.                                46  Fig  3 5 28 Structure of Serial 1   2 control register                                 47  Fig  3 5 29 Structure of Serial 1   2                                        47  Fig  3 5 30 Structure of A D control                                            48  Fig  3 5 31 Structure of A D conversion register  high order  2    49  Fig  3 5 32 Structure of A D conversion register  low order        49  Fig  3 5 33 Str  ct  re of MISAG etii ax d asian pes                    50  Fig  3 5 34 Structure of Watchdog timer control register                  50  Fig  3 5 35 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register                  51  Fig  3 5 36 Structure of CPU mode register                     51  Fig  3 5 37 Structure of Interrupt request register 1                     52  Fig  3 5 38 Structure of Interrupt control register 1                 52  Fig  3 10 1 M37534M4 XXXFP  M37534E8FP pin configuration                                                68  Fig  3 10 2 M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534E4GP pin Configuration                                               69  Fig  3 10 3 M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534E8SP  M37534RSS pin configuration                        70  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 8 of 9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534               List of tables    List of tables    CHAPTER 1 HARDWARE    Table  Pim  descrIptiQn                      Ct        xn          Eg 8  Table 2 List of supported products                9  Table 3 Push and pop instructions of a
3.                               7  Fig  3 2 1               characteristic example       double speed                                                        8  Fig  3 2 2               characteristic example  at WIT instruction execution                                     8  Fig  3 2 3               characteristic example  At STP instruction execution  Ta   25   C              9  Fig  3 2 4               characteristic example  At STP instruction execution  Ta   85   C              9  Fig  3 2 5               characteristic example  at USB suspend  Ta   25   C                                 10  Fig  3 2 6               characteristic example  A D conversion executed not executed  f Xin    6    2    in double speed                   10  Fig  3 2 7               characteristic example of P channel  Ta   25   C   normal port                 11  Fig  3 2 8               characteristic example of P channel  Ta   85   C   normal port                 11  Fig  3 2 9          characteristic example of N channel         25   C   Normal port                 12  Fig  3 2 10            characteristic example of N channel         85   C   Normal port              12  Fig  3 2 11 Vo  lo  characteristic example of N channel         25   C   LED drive                  13  Fig  3 2 12 Vo  lo  characteristic example N channel         85   C   LED drive port              13  Fig  3 2 13    L    input current of port at pull up transistor connected                                         14  Fig 
4.                            38  Fig  3 5 10 Structure of Baud rate                             39  Fig  3 5 11 Structure of USB data toggle synchronization register                                           39  Fig  3 5 12 Structure of USB interrupt source discrimination register 1                                   39  Fig  3 5 13 Structure of USB interrupt source discrimination register 2                                  40  Fig  3 5 14 Structure of USB interrupt control                                     40  Fig  3 5 15 Structure of USB transmit data byte number set register 0                                  41  Fig  3 5 16 Structure of USB transmit data byte number set register 1                                  41  Fig  3 5 17 Structure of USB PID control register 0                  41  Fig  3 5 18 Structure of USB PID control register 1         42  Fig  3 5 19 Structure of USB address register                   42  Fig  3 5 20 Structure of USB sequence bit initialization register                                               42  Fig  3 5 21 Structure of USB control register  2     2               42  Fig  3 5 22 Structure of Prescaler 12  Prescaler X                   sese 43  Fig  3 5 23 Str  cture of Timer T  ua ctp eee xe         43  Fig  3 5 24 Structure of Timer 2        44  Fig  3 5 25 Structure of Timer X mode register                         45       3 5 26 Str  cture of  Timet Xe      e deer          een       46  Fig  3 5 27 Structure of Timer count source set
5.                      33  Fig  2 3 11 Structure of Interrupt control register 1                  34  Fig  2 3 12 Serial I O connection examples                    35  Fig  2 3 13 Serial       connection examples  2                     seen 36  Fig  2 3 14 Serial I O transfer data formatl                       0 0        37  Fig  2 3 15 Connection diagram eiae                                 cone 38  F1g  2 3 16 Timing                                 ane 38  Fig  2 3 17 Registers setting relevant to transmission                                     39  Fig  2 3 18 Transmission data setting of Serial  02                    40  Fig  2 3 19 Registers setting relevant to reception side                   40  Fig  2 3 20 Control procedure of transmission                        41  Fig  2 3 21 Control procedure of reception side                                              42  Fig  2 3 22 Connection                                     tristes 43           2 3 29 MNG                                                               RR             43  Fig  2 3 24 Registers setting relevant to transmission side                    45  Fig  2 3 25 Registers setting relevant to reception side            46  Fig  2 3 26 Control procedure of transmission                              47  Fig  2 3 27 Control procedure of reception                    enn 48  Fig  2 3 28 Sequence of clearing serial                 49  Fig  2 4 1 Communication sequence of 0  5                     51  Fig  2 4 2 Data st
6.                   port 42 pin SDIP 36 pin SSOP 32 pin LQFP   Port P1 P10   P16  7 bit structure    10   14  5 bit structure    10   14  5 bit structure    Port P2   20   27  8 bit structure    20   27  8 bit structure    20   25  6 bit structure    A D converter 8 channel   A D converter 8 channel   A D converter 6 channel    Port P3 P30 P37  8 bit structure  P30 P35  P37  7 bit structure  P30 P34  5 bit structure              INT1 available   INTo available   INT function not available    Port P4 P40  P41  2 bit structure  No port No port   Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 51 of 55          5   5          09  0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    DIFFERENCES AMONG 32 PIN  36 PIN AND 42 PIN    Additionally  there are differences of SFR usage and functional defi     nitions     Table 15 Differences among 32 pin  36 pin and 42 pin  SFR     Register  Address     42 pin SDIP    36 pin SSOP       32 pin LQFP       Port P1 Direction   0216 0316     Bit 7 not available    Bits 5 to 7 not available    Bits 5 to 7 not available       Port P2 Direction   0416 0516     All bits available    All bits available    Bits 6 and 7 not available       Port P3 Direction   0616 0716     All bits available    Bit 6 not available    Bits 5 to 7 not available       Port P4 Direction   0816 0916     Bits 2 to 7 not available    All bits not available    All bits not available       Pull up control   1616     Bit 6 definition       P35  P36 pull up control     Bit 7 definition       P37 pull up control   
7.                  Change of A D conversion register Value of comparison voltage  Vref   At start of conversion      0 0                0 0      VREF  First comparison 1    0 0          0 0 0 2    VREF VREF  Second comparison  1  1 0   0 0 0  0 0    0 5 t     Third comparison  4    A 1 0 0    0 0 0 0          Lisi   WEEE  2 4 8  After completion of A result of A D conversion VREF VREF VREF  tenth comparison   4   2  34                           10 2    4 S 1024                                                          0  A result of the first to tenth comparison    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 47 of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT    Figures 54 shows A D conversion equivalent circuit   and Figure 55 shows A D conversion timing chart                       0 to 7  42        version  36 pin version               1      0 to 5  32        version     C2  1 5 pF Typical     I    RUN    12 pF Typical  pr Typica   Typical voltage Chopper Amp     R 1 5                                 generation circuit  77 Switch tree   Vss ladder resistor       Notes 1  This is a parasitic diode  AD               2  Only the selected analog input        is turned             Fig  54 A D conversion equivalent circuit    Write signal for A D control register        122 XIN cycles       AD conversion completion bit    Sampling clock          Fig  55 A D conversion timing chart       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          48 of 55 7tENESAS        09  0178 
8.            13  Fig  12 Memory map                      4222422 l      nnne inten i nennen enne 14  Fig  18 Memory map of special function register  SFR                       15  Fig  14 Structure of pull up control register                                                      16  Fig  15 Structure of port P1P3 control register                 16  Fig  16 Block diagram  of             1  iie n acr etr                 baa      18  Fig  17 Block diagram of ports  2                      19  Fig    18 Interrupt control  a                                       ER    21  Fig  19 Structure of Interrupt related registers                   21  Fig  20 Connection example when using key input interrupt and port PO block diagram     22  Fig  21 Structure of timer X mode register                 23  Fig  22 Timer count source set register                       2  0            23  Fig  23 Block diagram of timer X  timer 1 and timer 2 sse 24  Fig  24 Block diagram of UART serial    1                       25  Fig  25 Operation of UART serial 1 01                              25  Fig  26 Continuous transmission operation of UART serial 1 0                                                 26  Fig  27 USB mode block diagram                                                             27  Fig  28 USB transceiver block diagram                    27  Fig  29 Structure of serial l Orelated registers  1              28  Fig  30 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  2     29  Fig  31 Structure of
9.           1  DIMENSIONS   1  AND   2    DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH   2  DIMENSION   3  DOES          x INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET       1   lt              lt  Reference Dimension in Millimeters                                           Symbol   Min   Nom  Max  4         14 94 15 24 15 54  D    36 5   36 7   36 9  E 12 85 13 0 13 15  SEATING PLANE                        99    A1 051             A2         38        bp   0 35   0 45   0 55  b2   0 63   0 73   1 03  b3   0 9   1 0   13       0 22 0 27   0 34                                                                                                                                                          9 02         15   e  1 528 1 778 2 028  L 30                                         5  0036           JEITA Package Code RENESAS Code Previous Code MASS Typ    P SSOP36 8 4x15 0 80 PRSP0036GA A 36P2R A 0 5g                                             B O           1  DIMENSIONS   1  AND   2   DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH   2  DIMENSION   3  DOES NOT    INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET   4 Index mark 18                        NI                                                                                                                               B        Reterence  Dimension in Millimeters     1 Symbol   Min   Nom   Max  s10 D  14 8   15 0   15 2  S E   82   84   86     bp A2         2 0        m             24            0 05                       0 35  0 4   0 5    c  0 13  0 15 0 2     2   02         10    Detail F       11 63 11 93 12 2
10.           46        GOnverter                                 ae           47  STOP MOJE                                         49  Malt  mode zu                     50  DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVED USB FUNCTION FOR 7534 GROUP                                     51  DIFFERENCES AMONG 32         36 PIN AND 42                                eene nnns 51  DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT FOR USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY                               53    CHAPTER 2 APPLICATION           UO pop                                                  2                                                        2  2 1 2 helevant registers   ione te                         2  2 1 3 Application example of key on wake                6  2 1 4 Handling of unused pins                            eene entere          tenter sistens 7  2 1 5 Notes on input        output pins zero Lene eie cota ide rv eb ce dn 8  2 1 6 Termination of unused                                9   2 2                              10  2 2 1 Memory Map seris eei rede                                                         10  2 2 2 Relevant reglsters                      E asus      10  2 2 3 Timer application examples                        16   2 3 Serial        amutu uu             suede E                     29       Memo y                             29  2 3 2 Relevant registers uu                                                  reels 29  2 3 3 Serial     connection examples                         35   Rev 3 00       23  2006          
11.           HARDWARE    GROUP EXPANSION       GROUP EXPANSION    Renesas plans to expand the 7534 group as follow     Memory type    Support for Mask ROM version  One Time PROM version  and Emu     lator MCU      Memory size    ROM PROM size               RAM 3122                              ROM size   Byte     16K    Fig  7 Memory expansion plan    Currently supported products are listed below     Table 2 List of supported products    8 K to 16 K bytes  256 to 384 bytes       Package   PRSPOOS6GACA                           0 8 mm pitch plastic molded SOP  PLQPOO032GB A                          0 8 mm pitch plastic molded LQFP  PRDP0042BA  A                                     42 pin plastic molded SDIP  42SM                              42        shrink ceramic PIGGY BACK    384 RAM size   Byte                                       P  ROM size  bytes  RAM size  Part number ROM size for User     bytes  Package Remarks  M37534M4 XXXFP 8192  8062  256     5  0036        Mask ROM version  M37534M4 XXXGP 8192  8062  256 PLQP0032GB A Mask ROM version  M37534M4 XXXSP 8192  8062  256             42        Mask ROM version  M37534E4GP 8192  8062  256 PLQP0032GB A One Time PROM version  blank   M37534E8FP 16384  16254  384     5  0036        One Time PROM version  blank   M37534E8SP 16384  16254  384 PRDP0042BA A One Time PROM version  blank   M37534RSS   384 4281M Emulator MCU  Rev 3 00      23 2006 page 9 of 55 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCR
12.          Serial    1 mode selection bit  b7       internal signal   Serial 1 01 mode selection bit  b6     gt   Transmit enable bit                                                    Direction  register Y    Data bus         port latch   P        gt    lt                                                            USB differential input                   Serial 1 01 output        1              D  input  lt    USB output enable     internal signal               4  Port P12  5  Port P13             pin selection bit     Signals during      __  Direction            output action  register Spara pin selection bit                                                 Direction    oy          register                                     Data bus             Port latch          Spata pin Y     selection bit                               Data bus Port latch                   P10 P12 P13 input  level selection bit                   2  P10 P12 P13 inputi    Serial 1 02 clock output    gt        level selection bit    Serial    2 clock input Serial 1 02 clock output     gt      Serial 1 02 clock input                              P10  P12  P13  P36  P37 input levels are switched to the CMOS TTL level by the port P1P3 control register   When the TTL level is selected  there is no hysteresis characteristics        Fig  16 Block diagram of ports  1        Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006          18 of 55 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION        6  Ports P14  7  
13.         2 Use USBVnerour pin    USBICON  1               2 Set internal state to USB enabled    Set IN token enabled EPOPID XXXX1XXX 2 Set endpoint 0 to be valid  USBICON                     Set endpoint 1 to be valid    Set IN token interrupt USBICON                   2 Set token interrupt to be valid  enabled   IREQ1 XXXXXXXO 2 Initialize IN token interrupt request      ICON1 XXXXXXX1 2 Set IN token interrupt enable        EPOBYTE Set the number of transmit data      in this stage    USBIR1                  Endpoint 0 interrupt occurs if      0     EPOBYTE XXXX9    5 Set the number of transmit data byte  TB Write transmit data   Max  8 bytes in 1 interrupt processing     USBSTS No error if all      0   Error No error can be determined  by SUME of bit 6    TRSYNC                   Toggle normally if        1       In normal tramsmit  the next transmit data is set   A    When communication error or data doggle error occur   transmit is executed again   B      Notes 1  In this figure  only USB in interrupt processing is described   Note that the storing stack  etc  is not described   2  IN token interrupt processing of only endpoint 0 is shown in this example   3  Data shown by   in program description expresses determination or data setting        Fig  2 4 14 USB interrupt processing example  IN token        Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          66 of 78         5  5        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    PID ADDR                   FOP SYNC PID Data X Data Y    l
14.         Ba                   Port PO  Input read circuit       Port P02   Direction register      0     Port P02  latch       Falling edge       Es  2             P01 input             PULL register  bit 1      1                                1 detection       Port P01   Direction register      0     Port P01  latch          9  P                P00 input                PULL register  bit 0      1             lt                     Falling edge  I detection          Port P00   Direction register      0     Port P00  latch          Falling edge       X  E                         detection       ip            P channel transistor     CMOS output buffer       Fig  20 Connection example when using key input interrupt and port PO block diagram     gt   2    for pull up       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 22 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Timers   The 7534 Group has 3 timers  timer X  timer 1 and timer 2    The division ratio of every timer and prescaler is 1  n 1  provided  that the value of the timer latch or prescaler is n    All the timers are down count timers  When a timer reaches    0     an  underflow occurs at the next count pulse  and the corresponding timer  latch is reloaded into the timer  When a timer underflows  the inter   rupt request bit corresponding to each timer is set to    1         Timer 1  Timer 2   Prescaler 12 always counts           16  Timer 1 and timer 2 always  count the prescaler output
15.         Bus state  detection                   NRZI     BSTFE       Reset interrupt request       Suspend interrupt request      L    n Resume interrupt request       SYNC decoder             PID decoder             Y  PIDE       comparative unit    Address          p USBA             End pointer  decoder          L                             CRC check                   Y  CRCE          bit stuffing encoder          EOP generating unit                         CRC encoder    Transmit shift register                   SYNC  PID  generating unit                      Transmit buffer register          I      TxRDY                   Address 001816    EPOBYTE  EP1BYTE    Token interrupt request i    EPOPID  EP1PID          Fig  27 USB mode block diagram    Serial l O1 control register    MOD1                        77                   USB control register  UVOE       initial value  0         Output enable signal       USB reference       power source voltage    Vol i  oltage input                    Fig  28 USB transceiver block diagram    Internal D  output signal           Internal D  output signal          Output amplifier             D  D   output amplifier             Suspend _       OE   internal signal   Differential input  t            lt  lt       lt    lt     Single end input        Single end input       Signal for function stop    Output enable signal                                        UUSBVREFOUT                       OD        Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 27 of 55    
16.        M X  AM When T   1  this instruction transfers the con   tents M X  and M to the ALU which performs a  bit wise AND operation and stores the results  back in M X   When T   1  the contents of A  remain unchanged  but status flags are  changed    M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        This instruction shifts the content of A or M by  one bit to the left  with bit 0 always being set to  0 and bit 7 of A or M always being contained in                                        0  This instruction tests the designated bit i of M  or A and takes a branch if the bit is 0  The  branch address is specified by a relative ad   dress  If the bit is 1  next instruction is  executed        BBS Ai or Mi   1  This instruction tests the designated bit i of the    Note 4  M or A and takes a branch if the bit is 1  The  branch address is specified by a relative ad   dress  If the bit is 0  next instruction is  executed        This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address if C is 0  The branch address  is specified by a relative address  If C is 1  the  next instruction is executed        This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address if C is 1  The branch address  is specified by a relative address  If C is 0  the  next instruction is executed        This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address when Z is 1  The branch  address is specified by a relative address    If Z is 0  the next instruction is executed        Thi
17.        gt  Timer    or             wake up interrupt selection    Timer X    Timer X mode register  address 2B 16     ERE    Timer X operating mode  Timer mode    Timer X count  Stop  Clear to    O    when starting count     Prescaler X  address 2C 16     146                 Timer X  address 2D 16   Set division ratio       Interrupt control register 1  address      16   b7 b0                    Timer X interrupt  Enabled    Interrupt request register 1  address 3C 16                    fol                     Timer    interrupt request     becomes    1    at 100 ms intervals        Fig  2 2 12 Relevant registers setting       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 18 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               RESET    Initialization  SEI    INTEDGE  address 3A  address 2B  address 3C  address          address 2E16   bit0       0   address 2C 16   lt  147 1   address 2D16   lt     256 1        address 2  16   bit3       0    Main processing      Procedure for completion of clock set gt    Note 1     address 2816   bit8       1  address 2C16  lt     147 1    address 3  16   bit3       0                 address 2016        256 1         address 2  16   bit3       0    CLT  Note 2   CLD  Note 3   Push registers to stack    Clock count up  1 10 second to year           Pop registers       Fig  2 2 13 Control procedure    APPLICATION     All interrupts disabled     Timer X interrupt selected    Timer X operating mode   Timer mode   Clear Timer X interrupt request bit   Timer X inte
18.       3     1 3 Electncal characteristi6s sssrin                          oes                        4  3 1 4 A D converter                                               0   122440100                                  5  3 1 5 TIMING  requirements                                                    6  3 1 6 Switching characteristics           0    22             0           nennen tnter                6   3 2 Typical characteristics                           ll    u  Uu    u  u uu  uu    u    uu    u       u         J        8  3 2 1 Power source current characteristic example                characteristic                           8  3 2 2               characteristic                               11  3 2 3 A D conversion typical characteristics                                                                          15   3 3 Notes on                          ANE 17  3 3 1 Notes on Ii  Ierrgp Su                    17  3 3 2  Notes  on  Serial                                18  3 3 3 Notes on A D converter              442244  1   a                 19  3 3 4 Notes on watchdog                                            20  3 3 5 Notes on BESET                                                              20  3 3 6 Notes on input and output PINS                        20  3 3   Notes  oni  prograimiming     eed ce b rnt           21  3 3 8 Programming and test of built in PROM                                  22  3 3 9 Notes on built in PROM version                               2
19.       Input ports and       ports    Do not open in the input mode       Reason            power source current may increase depending on the first stage circuit     An effect due to noise may be easily produced as compared with proper termination      and    shown on the above        I O ports    When setting for the input mode  do not connect to        or   55 directly       Reason  If the direction register setup changes for the output mode because of a program runaway or  noise  a short circuit may occur between a port and Vcc  or   55         I O ports    When setting for the input mode  do not connect multiple ports      a lump to Vcc or Vss through    a resistor       Reason  If the direction register setup changes for the output mode because of a program runaway or  noise  a short circuit may occur between ports       At the termination of unused pins  perform wiring at the shortest possible distance  20 mm or less   from microcomputer pins     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 24 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 11 Notes on CPU mode register     1  Switching method of CPU mode register after releasing reset  Switch the CPU mode register  CPUM  at the head of program after releasing reset in the following  method                      Wait until ceramic oscillator clock is  stabilized     After releasing reset Start with an on chip oscillator  Note                       Switch the clock division ratio Switch to other mode ex
20.       U    U           55  3 8 Machine instructions                                        56  3 9 d WuluclAaur eec                                         67  3 10 Pin configurations                                         eene nennen nennen nnne nnnm nnne snnt nnne u    uu    u        J       68  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 3 of 9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534               List of figures    List of figures    CHAPTER 1 HARDWARE    Fig  1 Pin configuration of   37534                   37534                 0       2  Fig  2 Pin configuration of M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534E4GP                                                    3  Fig  3 Pin configuration of M37534RSS  M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534E8SP                             4  Fig  4 Functional block diagram  PRSPOO36GA A package type                                                5  Fig  5 Functional block diagram  PLQP0032GB A package type                                                6  Fig  6 Functional block diagram  PRDPO042BA A package type                                                7  Fig  7 Memory expansi  n Plan    u aa seed tec De                   de Re                                        9  Fig  8 740 Family CPU register structure                          nennen nennen    10  Fig  9 Register push and        at interrupt generation and subroutine call                              11  Fig  10 Structure of CPU mode                                           13  Fig  11 Switching method of CPU mode register     
21.      6            P27 AN7               40    USBVREFOUT  P41     P37 INTo  VREF     gt   INT1  RESET      CNVss                 X                     CO  NN  O1 Cl       CO  5    nS     x  52  52     0    45834    8 6      Outline PRDP0042BA A      Connect a bypass capacitor to a device 2 Connect a capacitor to a device as  as close as possible  For the capacitor  close as possible  For the capacitor   a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic  capacitor of 1 0 uF is recommended  capacitor of 0 22 uF is recommended     Reason of    is to reduce the effect by switcing noise of microcomputer to the  analog circuit generating USBVREFOUT output  Use the bigger capacitor and  connect to device at the shortest distance     Reason of   is to prevent the instability of the USBVREFOUT output due to  external noise        Fig  58 Handling of Vcc  USBVREFOUT pins of M37534E8SP  M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534RSS    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 55 of 55          5   5        09  0178 0300    THIS PAGE IS BLANK FOR REASONS OF LAYOUT                    2  APPLICATION    2 1 I O port   2 2 Timer   2 3 Serial         2 4 USB   2 5 A D converter  2 6 Reset    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    2 1 I O port    This paragraph explains the registers setting method and the notes relevant to the I O ports     2 1 1 Memory map                       000516  000616  000716  000816    000916   Port P4 direction register  P4D        Fig  2 1 1 Memory map of registers re
22.      BJ            Fm pfa    Oscillation stabilization time 0   Set    0116    in timer 1  and  set bit after release of the                in prescaler 12  STP instruction automatically   1   Not set automatically    These are reserved bits     0    ER  Do not write    1    to these bits    EX   EZ   Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits       fox    When these bits are read out  the values           0                     x   Ege   EXE                         Fig  3 5 33 Structure of MISRG    Watchdog timer control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 50    Watchdog timer control register  WDTCON   Address   39 16     W   Watchdog timer H EEG   The high order 6 bits are read only bits                            STP instruction disable bit   STP instruction enabled    STP instruction disabled  Watchdog timer H count  gt  Watchdog timer L underflow  source selection bit 1           16    Fig  3 5 34 Structure of Watchdog timer control register       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 50 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Interrupt edge selection register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   Address        16     B  ___              Funcion                 INTo interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 1  1   Rising edge active  INT  interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 2  1   Rising edge active           When these bits are read out  the val
23.     9 OF      89  l e       08        Ay   Detail F x   020   7                    040  Zo         07       Ze         07        L 0 3   0 5   07  L           1 0                               Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 54 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 7 List of instruction code       3 7 List of instruction code       JSR  ZP  IND       CLT       JSR  SP                            LDX  IMM       JMP  ZP  IND       WIT                                                            3 byte instruction            2 byte instruction                  1 byte instruction          Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          55 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       3 8 Machine instructions    Addressing mode       Function Details A BIT  A  R ZP BIT  ZP  R             JOP  n             OP               When T   0 When T   0  this instruction adds the contents 2                                 and stores the results in                When      1  this instruction adds the contents  When T   1 of M X   M and C  and stores the results in             MX   M C M X  and C  When T 1  the contents of A re   main unchanged  but the contents of status  flags are changed   M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        When      0 When T   0  this instruction transfers the con              tents of           M to the ALU which performs a  bit wise AND operation and stores the result   When T   1 back in A        
24.     Bit 6 definition      P35 pull up control     Bit 7 definition      P37 pull up control       Bits 6 and 7 not available       Port P1P3 control   1716     Bit 0 definition      P37 INTo input level selection     Bit 1 definition      P36 INT1 input level selection       Bit 0 definition      P37 INTo input level selection     Bit 1 not available    Bits 0 and 1 not available       A DControl   3416     Bits 0 to 2     Input pins selected by setting these  bits to 000 to 111       Bits 0 to 2     Input pins selected by setting these  bits to 000 to 111       Bits 0 to 2     Input pins selected by setting these  bits to 000 to 101          Interrupt edge  selection       16     Bit 0 definition      INTo interrupt edge selection      Bit 1 definition      INT1 interrupt edge selection      Bit 4 definition      Serial 1 01         interrupt selection           Bit 0 definition     INTo interrupt edge selection     Bits 1 and 4 not available    Bits 0  1 and 4 not available       Interrupt request   3  16     Bit 1 definition      UART transmission  USB  except IN    INT1      Bit 2 definition                     Bit 1 definition      UART transmission  USB  except IN      Bit 2 definition                     Bit 1 definition     UART transmission  USB  except IN      Bit 2 not available       Interrupt control   3E16     REJ09B0178 0300       Bit 1 definition   UART transmission  USB  except         INT1          Bit 1 definition     UART transmission  USB  except IN      
25.     Bm receive USBIN token             disabled  interrupt enable bit   Interrupt enabled    UART transmit USBSETUP       Interrupt disabled  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt enabled  Resume INT   interrupt enable         INTo interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled   Note 2  1   Interrupt enabled             3   Timer X or key on wake up 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled   4   Timer 1 interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled  1   Interrupt enabled   5              2 or serial      2 interrupt   0   Interrupt disabled  enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  CNTRo or AD converter 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled                      7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Do not write    1    to this bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0        Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  3 5 38 Structure of Interrupt control register 1    Rev 3 00       23  2006          52 of 70 1320    NE   ESAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 6 Package outline       3 6 Package outline  PRDP0042BA A    JEITA Package Code RENESAS Code Previous Code MASS Typ    P SDIP42 13x36 72 1 78 PRDP0042BA A 42P4B 4 1g                         nnannaannaannannnnnnf                    UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU   wore                         
26.    1  1  1  1     Reset interrupt occurs  i  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1    Resume interrupt enable   RSME     Remote wake up request  flag   WKUP     Notes 1  In this example  USB reset interrupt enable flag  RSTE       1     enabled    2  The remote wake up request flag  WKUP  is not set to    1    when host does not request  the remote wake up signal output   3  External input interrupts  key on wake up  INT o  INT1 and CNTRo interrupt        Fig  2 4 18 Timing chart of each signal       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 68 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB       2 4 5 Notes concerning USB     1  Determination of interrupt condition in OUT token interrupt processing  Determine the occurrence of the reset suspend resume interrupt from other interrupt conditions in the  order as shown in Figure 2 4 19 when they occur in the OUT token interrupt processing           Not used here      OUT token interrupt      Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary     Reset     gt  Interrupt source   Reset     USBIR2 XXXX XXX    Interrupt by Reset occurs if      1     To Reset No Reset  processing     Suspend     Interrupt source   Suspend    USBIR2 XXXXX XX 2 Interrupt by Suspend occurs if      1   To Suspend No Suspend    processing 6  Resume enabled a  Interrupt control   Enabled     USBICON XX XXXXX 2 Interrupt by Resume occurs if    RSME       1     To Resume esume disabled    Note  Set    1    to RSME only in Suspend processing   processing i  No Token      interrupt
27.    Not used  returns    1    when read     Continuous transmit valid bit  0  Continuous transmit invalid  1  Continuous transmit valid    Transmit interrupt source selection bit   0  Interrupt when transmit buffer has  emptied   1  Interrupt when transmit shift  operation is completed    Transmit enable bit  0  Transmit disabled  1  Transmit enabled    Receive enable bit  0  Receive disabled  1  Receive enabled    Serial      1 mode selection bits  00  I O port   01  Not available   10  UART mode   11  USB mode             CPU read  Disabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    CPU read  Disabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    CPU read  Disabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used       Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 32 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Note on using USB mode   Handling of SEO signal in program  at receiving    7534 group has the border line to detect as USB RESET or EOP   End of Packet  on the width of SEO  Single Ended 0     A response apposite to a state of the device is expected    The name of the following short words which is used in table 5 shows  as follow     TKNE  Token interrupt enable  bit 6 of address 2016     RSME  Resume interrupt enable  bit 5 of address 2016     RSTE  USB reset interrupt enable  bit 4 of address 2016     Spec  A response of the device requested by Low Speed 
28.    input current of port at pull up transistor connected    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 14 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    3 2 3 A D conversion typical characteristics example     1  Definition of A D conversion accuracy  The A D conversion accuracy is defined below  refer to Fig  3 2 14       Relative accuracy     Zero transition voltage  Vor   This means an analog input voltage when the actual A D conversion output data changes from   0  to    1          Full scale transition voltage  Vest   This means an analog input voltage when the actual A D conversion output data changes from     1023    to    1022         Non linearity error  This means a deviation from the line between Vor and Vrst of a converted value between Vor and  Vest       Differential non linearity error  This means a deviation from the input potential difference required to change a converted value  between Vor and Vrsr by 1 LSB of the 1 LSB at the relative accuracy      Absolute accuracy  This means a deviation from the ideal characteristics between 0 to Vrer of actual A D conversion  characteristics     Output data    Full scale transition voltage             1023       1022    Differential non linearity error        LSB     Non linearity error     LSB     Actual A D conversion  h  s  characteristics      a  1LSB at relative accuracy   b  Vn 1 Vn   c  Difference between      the ideal Vn and actual Vn       2     Ideal line of A D  conversion betwe
29.   10 bit X 8 channels  e Clock generating circuit                  Built in type   connect to external ceramic resonator or quartz crystal oscillator     e Watchdog timer iicet caeteri 16 bit X 1      Power source voltage  At 6 MHz XIN oscillation frequency at ceramic resonator  MUTET 4 1 to 5 5 V 4 4 to 5 25 V at USB operation      Power dissipation                                              30 mW  standard      Operating temperature range                                        20 to 85  C   0 to 70  C at USB operation     Built in USB 3 3 V Regulator   transceiver based      Low Speed  USB2 0 specification    APPLICATION    Input device for personal computer peripherals    P11 TxD D   P10 RxD D   P07     06     05     04              02       1           USBVREFOUT  P37 INTo    Outline  PRSPOO36GA A  36P2R A     Fig  1 Pin configuration of M37534M4 XXXFP  M37534E8FP          Rev 3 00       23  2006          2 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    7tENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group PIN CONFIGURATION    PIN CONFIGURATION  TOP VIEW       07  lt  gt   25   LED4  P1o RxD D   lt    56 LEDs        P11 TxD D   lt    27   LED2   P12 ScLk     58  M37534M4 XXXGP LED    P13 SDATA  lt    29   M37534E4GP LEDo   P14 CNTRo  lt    30    P20 ANo  lt    31    P21 AN1  lt    32      1      z      ai  N  A    Outline PLQP0032GB A  32P6U A        Fig  2 Pin configuration of M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534E4GP    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page    of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    PIN CONFIGURATION  
30.   4        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 61 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    2 4 4 USB application example  In this section  the application examples when using the USB communication are described using examples  of the timing chart and register setting      1  Example of processing each control sequence  In 7534 Group  the control and the determination of the control sequence are executed by software   The content of processing is executed in the setup stage  transmitting and receiving the data stage  of the content are executed  and the completion of the sequence is shown in the status stage   Note that the contents of the control and the determination are different even in the software of 7534  Group  because the following processing is different respectively depending on the content of the  setup stage   In the control transfer  the processing since the data stage is determined when receiving the setup  stage  the execution of the transmit and receive processing and the number of data bytes are  controlled  the status stage at the end is executed  and the sequence is completed   Only the control of each packet is performed because there is no stage in the interrupt transfer   Figure 2 4 11 shows the control method of control sequence     1  Control Read  Setup Stage Data Stage Status Stage    i Endpoint 0 valid 1 Endpoint 0 invalid       Endpoint 0 enable flag   EP0E    1 0 0     i   i      Endpoint 0 PID selection flag   OUT token
31.   APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    2 5 3 A D converter application examples   1  Conversion of analog input voltage  Outline   The analog input voltage from a sensor is converted to digital values     Figure 2 5 8 shows a connection diagram  and Figure 2 5 9 shows the relevant registers setting     7534 Group       Fig  2 5 8 Connection diagram    Specifications            analog input voltage from a sensor is converted to digital values    P2v ANo pin is used as an analog input pin     A D control register  address 3416   b7 50                          Analog input pin   P20 ANo selected    A D conversion start    A D conversion register  high order    address 3616     b7 bo  ud       A D conversion register  low order    address 3516   b7 50             A result of A D conversion is stored  Note         Note  After bit 4 of ADCON is set to    1     read out that contents   When reading 10 bit data  read address 003616 before address 003516   when reading 8 bit data  read address 003516 only        Fig  2 5 9 Relevant registers setting    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 75 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    APPLICATION    2 5 A D converter       An analog input signal from a sensor is converted to the digital value according to the relevant  registers setting shown by Figure 2 5 9  Figure 2 5 10 shows the control procedure for 8 bit read  and  Figure 2 5 11 shows the control procedure for 10 bit read     ADCON  address 3416            bit2  lt    
32.   Address   31 16     A shift register for serial transmission and reception           At transmitting   Set a transmission data      At receiving   A reception data is stored                      EXE         998                              Fig  2 3 8 Structure of Serial l O2 register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          32 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Interrupt edge selection register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   Address        16     B              2 Funcion      Jarse R W  INTo interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active B  selection bit  Note 1  1  Rising edge active  INT  interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 2  1   Rising edge active   Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits               When these bits are read out  the values           0     gg  Serial 1 O1 or INT   interrupt x Serial 1   1  selection bit LINT    Timer X or key on wake up m   Timer X EXE  interrupt selection bit 1   Key on wake up  Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt  0  Timer 2  selection bit 1   Serial      2   7   CNTRo or AD converter 0   CNTRo  interrupt selection bit 1   AD converter   Notes 1  32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is  0      2  36 pin and 32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is  O      Fig  2 3 9 Structure of Interrupt edge selection 
33.   CMOS output                         Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 6 of 70    REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 1 Electrical characteristics    tc CNTR   twH CNTR                                      twH INT                    INTo INT1            Nem s       tw RESET     0 8Vcc  0 2Vcc          twH XIN                         twL ScLk  twH SCLk        0 8Vcc    tsu SDATA SCLK  th ScLk SDATA     Ke 0 8Vcc 355555555000    SDATA at receive  050  0 2 Vcc           ta Scuk   SparA  tv ScLk SDATA        SDATA at transmit           Fig  3 1 3 Timing chart    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 7 of 70          5   5        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    3 2 Typical characteristics    3 2 1 Power source current characteristic example                characteristic     Measuring condition  Typical sample  Ta   25   C  ceramic oscillation  when operating system in double speed  mode  A D conversion not executed      lt           2     c      g      2  o              2  o  o                       40 45    Power source voltage Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 1 Icc Vcc characteristic example  in double speed mode     Measuring condition  Typical sample  Ta   25       ceramic oscillation  At WIT instruction execution  at wait               6 MHz     lt                           2     2  o  o  o     5      o                       Power source voltage Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 2               characteristic example  at WIT instruction execution     Rev 
34.   H    input current    XIN    Vi   Voc        L  input current       P00 P07    10   16    20   27   P30 P37  P40  P41    Vi   VSS   Pin floating  Pull up  transistors  off          L  input current    RESET  CNVss    VI     55        L  input current    XIN    VI     55          L    input current    P00 P07  P30 P37    VI     55   Pull up transistors on            RAM hold voltage          When clock stopped                Note 1   11 is measured when the P channel output disable bit of the UART control register  bit 4 of address 001B16  is    0      2          SCLK  SDATA  INTo and        have hystereses only when bits 0  1 and 2 of the port P1P3 control register are set to    0     CMOS    level      3  It is available only when operating key on wake up        Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          4 of 70    REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS    7534               APPENDIX    3 1 Electrical characteristics       Table 3 1 4 Electrical characteristics  2   Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Ta      20 to 85   C  unless otherwise noted     Parameter    Test conditions    Limits       Typ           Power source current    Double speed mode           6 MHz   Output transistors  off     6       f XIN    6 MHz        WIT state   Output transistors  off     1 6       Increment when A D conversion is executed  f XIN    6 MHz  Vcc   5 V    0 8       All oscillation stopped  in STP state   Output transistors    off       Ta   25         0 1       Ta   85               3 1 4 A D converter characteri
35.   IRE                Ld                     uod              uod       oa             oa      dn                            62 2   26209              m            ea         1NO438 ASN        8 20 5 eee                            Y     01                     av                                   8            1  8  X                           8  z         8       1                          WOU IN V H          yesoy          Bopyoyen                                     2015                      indui 18s  u          6      amp     1       NIX  indino        ndu  42012     v 852   00dO1d                                 42018 IWNOILONNS       Fig  5 Functional block diagram  PLQP0032GB A package type     RENESAS    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          6 of 55    REJO9BO01 78 0300    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL BLOCK                          Od Wis         1                              r  m                      oa              BOO    1nodagAgsn               ji ii                               8                sasn   8 LO IS          oe uod         D                      Hod            T sh     2D 03 0D   9 CO VE  CDD D    bd                                                  OLNI                      1        01                                          8  x                             8  X                               8             8  21                                    8                      H    H                                                                                           2
36.   P1o  P12 P13 input level  gt  CMOS level   selection bit   TTL level                                                 Notes 1  For the 32 pin version  nothing is allocated for this bit   This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0      2  For the 32 pin and 36 pin versions  nothing is allocated for this bit   This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  2 1 5 Structure of P1P3 control register    Interrupt edge selection register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2      bO    Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   Address        16     At reset  P interrupt edge T Falling edge active   selection bit  Note 1    Rising edge active   INT  interrupt edge 7 Falling edge active   selection bit  Note 2    Rising edges active    When these bits are read out  the values are    0              EXE  4   Serial l O1 or INT  interrupt 0   Serial      1  selection bit 1   INT   5   Timer X or key on wake up 0   Timer X         interrupt selection bit 1   Key on wake up  Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt  0  Timer 2  selection bit 1   Serial 1 02  7   CNTRo or AD converter 0   CNTRo  interrupt selection bit 1   AD converter  Notes 1  32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0        2  36 pin and 32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0                    Fig  2 1 6 Structure of Interrupt edge selection re
37.   P20  P30 P37  P40  P41     L  total peak output current  Note 1             7    10   16  P20  P37  P40  P41     L  total peak output current  Note 1  P30 P36                       H  total average output current  Note 1    00   07    10   16  P20  P30 P37  P40  P41       L    total average output current  Note 1             7    10   16  P20  P37  P40  P41       L    total average output current  Note 1  P30 P36     H  peak output current  Note 2             7    10   16  P20  P30 P37  P40  P41     L  peak output current  Note 2    00   07    10   16  P20  P37   P4o  P41     L  peak output current  Note 2  P30 P36     H  average output current  Note 3             7    10   16  P20             37  P40  P41       L    average output current  Note 3    00   07    10   16  P20  P37  P40  P41       L    average output current  Note 3  P30 P36    Oscillation frequency  Note 4  Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  at ceramic oscillation or external clock input   Double speed mode                                                                         Note 1  The total output current is the sum of all the currents flowing through all the applicable ports  The total average current is an average  value measured a term of 100 ms  The total peak current is the peak value of all the currents   2  The peak output current is the peak current flowing in each port   3  The average output current IOL  avg           avg       an average value measured a term of 100 ms   4  When the oscillation frequency has
38.   P36    40   47  e 32 pin version  Ports   15   17  P26  P27    35   37    40   47                Fig  2 1 3 Structure of Port Pi direction register  i   0 to 4     Pull up control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi                Pull up control register  PULL   Address   16 16                              pull up control bit 5 Pull up         Pull up On  PO  pull up control bit  E   Pull up Off  1   Pull up On  2           POs pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  3   P04            pull up control bit  0  Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  4   P30   P33 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  5   P34 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  P35         pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1   Note 2  1   Pull up On  P37 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1   Note 3  1   Pull up On  Notes 1  Pins set to output are disconnected from the pull up control   2    36 pin version  P36 is not existed       32 pin version  Not used   3  32 pin version  Not used                                Fig  2 1 4 Structure of Pull up control register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006             of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    Port P1P3 control register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO               Port P1P3 control register  P1P3C   Address   17 16     B          Nam         P37 INTo input level selection 1   CMOS level   bit  Note 1   TTL level   P3e INT1 input level selection    CMOS level   bit  Note 2    TTL level 
39.   The INT1 interrupt does not exist in the 36 pin and 32 pin version   4  The INTo interrupt does not exist in the 32 pin version        Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006 page 45 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300             5   5       HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT  Timing After Interrupt instruction that is currently in execution   Figure 52 shows a timing chart after an interrupt  The interrupt processing routine begins with the occurs  and Figure 53 shows the time up to execution  machine cycle following the completion of the of the interrupt processing routine                                                              RD                                                             WR          Address bus PC   5   5       ses fea sss X BL X BH XAL  AH          Data bus X Notused XPCHYXPCLY PS X AL X AH X       SYNC   CPU operation code fetch cycle   BL  BH   Vector address of each interrupt   AL  AH   Jump destination address of each interrupt  SPS      0016    or  0116        Fig  52 Timing chart after an interrupt occurs    Generation of interrupt request Start of interrupt processing        Waiting time for   stack push and      Main routine post processing 2  Interrupt processing routine  o    f pipeline             0to7 cycles   2 cycles   5 cycles       7 to 14 cycles   At performing 6 0 MHz  in double speed mode   1 17 us to 2 34 us        Fig  53 Time up to execution of the interrupt processing routine    Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006 page 46 of 55 7tENESAS        09  
40.   UART control register  UARTCON  003816   CPU mode register  CPUM   001  16   Baud rate generator  BRC  003  16   Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1     001016   USB data toggle synchronization register   TRSYNC  003016 r l LU ee ee SE  001E16   USB interrupt source discrimination register 1  USBIR1  003E16   Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   001    6   USB interrupt source discrimination register 2  USBIR2  003F16 r  j  CGj O                               Rev 3 00        23 2006 page 67 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 10 Pin configurations    3 10 Pin configurations     Top view     P12 SCLK     P11 TxD D   P13 SDATA  lt  gt  P1o RxD D   P14 CNTRo       0    P20 ANo           P21 AN1     POs  P22 AN2  lt  gt  P04  P23 AN3  lt  gt          P24 AN4  lt  gt  P02  P25 AN5  lt  gt      1    26                    P27 AN7  lt  gt  USBVREFOUT  VREF     P37 INTo  RESET     P35 LEDs5  CNVss     P34 LED4  Vcc  XIN      XOUT           lt    gv  N                   T         60  aL    ddXXX vINVESZEIN    2            3 LEDs      1 LED1   o LEDo     P3  P3  P3  P3    Outline  PRSPOO36GA A       Fig  3 10 1 M37534M4 XXXFP  M37534E8FP pin configuration    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 68 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534                       view                     25  P1o RxD D   lt    26  P11 TxD D     27     P12 ScLk  lt    8    P13 SDATA  lt    29    P14 CNT Ro  lt    30    P20 ANo  lt    31    P21 AN1  lt    32      APPENDIX    3 10 Pin config
41.   address 0016   bitO  lt   0  Setting of port        for communication control   address 0116        XXXXXXX12        Generating of a 10 ms interval using Timer    PO  address 0016           lt     1  Communication start    I  Transmission data write  The first byte of                data This write causes Transmit buffer empty  flag to be cleared to    0        TB RB  address 18 16   lt               Confirmation of transfer from Transmit    UARTSTS  address 19 16   bito 2 buffer register to Transmit shift register   Transmit buffer empty flag         Transmission data write  TB RB  address 1816        he second byte of This write causes Transmit buffer empty  transmission data flag to be cleared to  0          Confirmation of transfer from Transmit    UARTSTS  address 19 16   bito 2 buffer register to Transmit shift register   Transmit buffer empty flag               Confirmation of Transmit shift register s shift  UARTSTS  address 1916   bit2   completion     Transmit shift register shift completion flag           address 0016   bitO       0  Communication completion             Fig  2 3 26 Control procedure of transmission side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 47 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    RESET    Initialization     X  This bit is not used here  Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary     SIO1CON  address 1  16   lt   101000012  Serial l O1 setting   UARTCON  address 1  16   lt   000010002   BRG address 1C16        8 1   
42.   uuu                                  T 2  FEATURES                                  esse E E 2  APPLICATION uuu cect                    aaaea aeaaea aa aaan aeaa eaaa aaa eaaa a                               aa abaa iaaah 2  PIN                                                                                   2  FUNGTIONAL BLOGK u  u III          ea paa aaa              5  PIN  DESCRIPTION Mec                                  Eaa a as                 aeaa P 8                                    22252 20                                                                                                     9  FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION    IILI uA                                   cta nie ere oaa          10  Central Processing Unit                    10  Mug                                               14  VO PONS icc    aina a aaa eaaa aaa E a aeaa aE 16  ONUD        20           Ssss                                                 Eaa 23  Serial                    DRESS 25        CONVO UCM     36                   aia aaae aeae a aeaa AE E NA A E E AE a a 38  Clock Generating                                                       nann 40  NOTES ON PROGRAMNMINGQ                    U U u       42  NOTES ON USE uuu u as chest ace n        aan UL Ic  42  DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ORDERS                    U u u  u    u    u    u                   43  FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT                    u  u    u    u    u    u                   45  OUDE y       45                         
43.  0002  ADCON  address 3416   bit4  lt 0          ADCON  address 3416   bit4      1    Read out ADL  address 3516     Fig  2 5 10 Control procedure for 8 bit read    ADCON  address 3416   bitO     bit2       0002  ADCON  address 3416   bit4  lt  0             ADCON  address 3416   bit4      1    Read out ADH  address 3616     Read out ADL  address 3516        Fig  2 5 11 Control procedure for 10 bit read        P20 ANo pin selected as analog input pin   A D conversion start     Judgment of A D conversion completion     Read out of conversion result            2          pin selected as analog input pin   A D conversion start     Judgment of A D conversion completion     Read out of high order digit  b9  b8  of conversion result     Read out of low order digit  07   bO  of conversion result          Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006 page 76 of 78         5  5    REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    2 5 4 Notes on A D converter     1  Analog input pin  Make the signal source impedance for analog input low  or equip an analog input pin with an external  capacitor of 0 01uF to 1uF  Further  be sure to verify the operation of application products on the  user side       Reason  An analog input pin includes the capacitor for analog voltage comparison  Accordingly  when  signals from signal source with high impedance are input to an analog input pin  charge and  discharge noise generates  This may cause the A D conversion comparison precision to be worse      2  Clock
44.  0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers       Refer to    Figure 2 4 6 Description of register structure    for registers relevant to USB     USB PID control register 1  EP1PID   Address 24 16   67 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi 00    FN                                      CPU  CPU   HW  HW  Initial value 0       WR   RD  WR    Endpoint 1 PID selection   1X  IN token interrupt of DATA0 1 is valid Enable           Use  flag  IN STALL  01  STALL handshake is valid for IN token Clea  00  NAK handshake is valid for IN token    Endpoint 1 PID selection   Enable  Set    Use  Clear  flag  IN DATAO 1  Clea   DPID1 and SPID1 are used to control the response for IN token    DPID1 is used with the token interrupt enable flag  TKNE     DPID1 is cleared to    0    automatically by hardware when        is received     X  it can be set to 0 or 1        Fig  3 5 18 Structure of USB PID control register 1    USB address register  USBA   Address 25 16     Initial value       Fig  3 5 19 Structure of USB address register    USB sequence bit initialization register  INISQ1   Address 26 16   67 b6 b5 b4 b3 62 61 00    RD WR RD  WR    Initial value     As sequence bit of endpoint 1 is Dummy   initialized   Sequence is initialized by writing dummy     Fig  3 5 20 Structure of USB sequence bit initialization register       USB control register  USBCON   Address 27 16   07 b6 65 64 b3 62 b  00                  maaa  RD WR RD WR    USBVREFOUT output   0  Output off Set   Use  valid flag 1  Output on
45.  1  Control of Event interval  Timer X  Timer 1  Timer 2   When a certain time  by setting a count value to each timer  has passed  the timer interrupt request  occurs    lt Use gt    Generation of an output signal timing   Generation of a wait time     Function 2  Control of Cyclic operation  Timer X  Timer 1  Timer 2   The value of the timer latch is automatically written to the corresponding timer each time the timer  underflows  and each timer interrupt request occurs in cycles     Use    Generation of cyclic interrupts   Clock function  measurement of 100 ms   see Application example 1   Control of a main routine cycle     Function 3  Output of Rectangular waveform  Timer X   The output level of the CNTRo pin is inverted each time the timer underflows  in the pulse output  mode        Use     Piezoelectric buzzer output  see Application example 2   Generation of the remote control carrier waveforms     Function 4  Count of External pulses  Timer X   External pulses input to the CNTRo pin are counted as the timer count source  in the event counter  mode        Use     Frequency measurement  see Application example 3   Division of external pulses   Generation of interrupts due to a cycle using external pulses as the count source  count of a  reel pulse     Function 5  Measurement of External pulse width  Timer X   The          or    L    level width of external pulses input to CNTRo pin is measured  in the pulse width  measurement mode        Use     Measurement of externa
46.  1  IREQ1   Address   3C 16     NEN NENNEN IU  Eum receive USBIN token P No interrupt request issued  interrupt request bit   Interrupt request issued  UART transmi USBSETUP    0   No interrupt request issued  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt request issued  Resume INT   interrupt  request bit  Note 1   INTo interrupt request bit   No interrupt request issued   Note 2    Interrupt request issued  3   Timer X or key on wake up   No interrupt request issued       interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  4   Timer 1 interrupt request bit  0  No interrupt request issued     1   Interrupt request issued  5   Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt   0   No interrupt request issued     request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  CNTRo or AD converter 0   No interrupt request issued    interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued                            7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is  0             These bits can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set   Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  3 5 37 Structure of Interrupt request register 1    Interrupt control register 1  b7 06 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi         Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   Address   3E 16       _              Function   At reset   R  W
47.  1 7 Structure of Interrupt request register 1    Interrupt control register 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO    Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   Address        16     B      Name          Funcio 1 jJwss R w  UART receive USBIN token 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  UART transmit USBSETUP  0   Interrupt disabled  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt enabled  Resume INT  interrupt enable  INTo interrupt enable bit   Interrupt disabled   Note 2    Interrupt enabled  3   Timer X or key on wake up   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit     Interrupt enabled  4   Timer 1 interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled  1   Interrupt enabled  5   Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt   0  Interrupt disabled  enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  CNTRo or AD converter 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Do not write    1    to this bit          When this bit is read out  the value is    0        Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0                             Fig  2 1 8 Structure of Interrupt control register 1    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 5 of 78           5  5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port       2 1 3 Application example of key on wake up  Outline  The built in pull up resistor is used     P
48.  256 1 p      174 ms intervals      bits NK   Clear Timer X interrupt request bit    686       0        Clear CNTRo interrupt request bit   address 3  16   B EP               X interrupt enabled  s 1  ONTRo interrupt enabled     address 2B 16   bit3  lt     0  Timer X count start     Interrupts enabled            CNG  Timer X interrupt process routine  Process errors  Error occurs    CNTRo interrupt process routine    CLT  Note 1  Note 1  When using Index X mode flag  T   CLD  Note 2  Note 2  When using Decimal mode flag  D   Push registers to stack  Push registers used in interrupt process routine     A           PREX  Read the count value and store it to RAM  Low order 8 bit result of  lt        Inverted  A    pulse width measurement    A        TX   High order 8 bit result of          Inverted  A    pulse width measurement    PREX  address 2C16   lt     256 1  Set division ratio so that Timer X interrupt will occur at  TX  address 2016           256     1 174 ms intervals     Pop registers  Pop registers pushed to stack       Fig  2 2 23 Control procedure       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          28 of 78 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    2 3 Serial I O    This paragraph explains the registers setting method and the notes relevant to the serial I O     2 3 1 Memory map    003016   Serial l O2 control register  SIO2CON     003116   Serial      2 register  51  2     A    003A16  Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   003  16  
49.  3 2 14 Definition of A D conversion                  2 2               15  Fig  3 2 15 A D conversion typical characteristic                                                                        16  Fig  3 3 1 Sequence of switch the detection                             17  Fig  3 3 2 Sequence of check of interrupt request bit    17  Fig  3 3 3 Structure of interrupt control register 1             18  Fig  3 3 4 Sequence of clearing serial 1                18  Fig  3 3 5 Method to stabilize A D conversion                                1     19  Fig  3 3 6 Initialization of processor status                                 21  Fig  3 3 7 Sequence of PLP instruction execution                   21  Fig  3 3 8 Stack memory contents after PHP instruction execution                                          21  Fig  3 3 9 Status flag at decimal calculations                  22  Fig  3 3 10 Programming and testing of One Time PROM version                                           22  Fig  3 3 11 Switching method of CPU mode register                               25  Fig  3 3 12 Countermeasure  2  by software                  26  Fig  3 4 1 Selection of packages                   27  Fig  3 4 2 Wiring for the RESET pin    aaepe RM lote      27  Fig  3 4 3 Wiring for clock                                                                           28  Fig  3 4 4 Wiring for CNVss                     aaa 28  Fig  3 4 5 Wiring for the Ver        of the One Time                        29  F
50.  4 1 Transfer types of                             50  Table 2 4 2 Packet types of 05                               52  Table 2 4 3 Data structure of USB                                                        53  Table 244 PID p 53  Table 2 4 5 Special signal of USB                     54    CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX    Table 3 1 1 Absolute maximum           5        2 2400000          2  Table 3 1 2 Recommended operating                                                    3  Table 3 1 3 Electrical characteristics  1                         88      4  Table 3 1 4 Electrical characteristics  2                  4  4    8404   5  Table 3 1 5 A D Converter characteristics  1     5  Table 3 1 6 Timing requirements                      6  Table 3 1 7 Switching characteristics                        U    naa    6  Table 3 3 1 Programming adapters 2    23  Table 3 3 2 PROM programmer address setting                                  24  Table 3 5 1 CNTRo active edge switch bit function                  sssssssessseeeeennenneee 45  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 9 of 9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300                   1       HARDWARE    DESCRIPTION   FEATURES   APPLICATION   PIN CONFIGURATION  FUNCTIONAL BLOCK   PIN DESCRIPTION   GROUP EXPANSION  FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  NOTES ON PROGRAMMING  NOTES ON USE   DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ORDERS  ROM PROGRAMMING METHOD  FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT  DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVED USB  FUNCTION FOR 7534 GROUP  DIFFERENCES AMONG 32 PIN  36 PIN  AND 42 PIN   DESCRIPT
51.  Address 1F 16   b7 b5 b4      bl    eps T                   RD WR RD WR    Suspend request flag   0  No request Ena   Clear Set  1  Suspend request ble    Suspend request is set to    1    when system enters to state J for 3 ms or more   Suspend request is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     USB reset request   0  No request Ena  Set   flag 1  Reset request ble Clear    Initial value    USB reset request is set to    1    when the SEO signal is input for 2 5 us or more   USB reset request is cleared to  0  when the SEO signal is stopped     Token PID 0  SETUP interrupt Ena  Set    determination flag 1  OUT interrupt ble Clear   This flag is set to    1    during no SETUP transaction    This flag is cleared to    0    when PID of SETUP is detected    Token interrupt flag   0  No request Ena  Set   1  OUT SETUP token request ble Clear   This flag is set to  1  when OUT or SETUP interrupt occurs    This flag is cleared to    0    after the end of transaction     Fig  3 5 13 Structure of USB interrupt source discrimination register 2       USB dca control register  USBICON   Address 20 16   b6 b5 b4 b3 62 b  bO    ae          rove ree  ere                       RD WR    Initial value  Endpoint 1 enable 0  Endpoint 1 invalid Ena  Set   Use  1  Endpoint 1 valid ble  Clear  USB reset interrupt   0 USB reset invalid ET Set   Use  enable 1 USB reset valid Clear    This flag is invalid in suspend mode  USB reset is always said in suspend mode     Resume interrupt 0  R
52.  Clear    Initial value    Remote wake up 0  No request Set  Use  Clear  request flag 1 Remote wake up request   Remote wake up request     output  can be set by setting this flag to    1       This flag is cleaed to  0  automatically after 10 ms from remote wake up request     Fig  3 5 21 Structure of USB control register          Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          42 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Prescaler 12  Prescaler X  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Prescaler 12  PRE12   Address   28 16   Prescaler X  PREX   Address   2C 16      Set a count value of each prescaler                       value set in this register is written to both each prescaler   and the corresponding prescaler latch at the same time  ESSE    When this register is read out  the count value of the corres    ponding prescaler is read out  EX  EN                                               Fig  3 5 22 Structure of Prescaler 12  Prescaler       Timer 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1       Timer 1  T1   Address   29 16      Set a count value of timer 1                    value set in this register is written to both timer 1 and timer 1   latch at the same time          When this register is read out  the timer 175 count value is read                                       Fig  3 5 23 Structure of Timer 1    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 43 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Timer 2  b7 b6 65 64 63 b2 61 00  Timer 2  T2   
53.  Fig  3 5 6 Structure of UART status register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 36 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers       Refer to    Figure 2 4 6 Description of register structure    for registers relevant to USB     USB status register  USBSTS   Address 19 16   b7 b 64 b3 62 bi       6 b5    Initial value 0       Buteremoy loe            empty flag 1  Buffer empty ble Clear  This bit is set to    1    when data is transferred from buffer to shift register by hardware   This bit is cleared to    0    by writing to buffer     EOP detection flag   0  Not detected Ena   Clear Set  1  Detect ble    Setting condition of this flag to  1  is as follows      Normal EOP detected by hardware     False EOP flag  FEOPE  set     Time is out with EOP not detected at data phase or handshake phase  This bit is cleared to    0    by writing dummy to this register     False EOP error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  False EOP error ble    This bit is set to    1    when the phase is not completed normally   This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     CRC error flag 0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  CRC error ble    This bit is set to    1    when the CRC error occurs at the same timing of EOP detection  flag   This bit is to  0  cleared by writing dummy to this register     PID error flag 0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  PID error ble    Setting condition of this flag to    1    is as follows      PID of DATAO or DATA1 cannot be
54.  Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1               003  16   Interrupt control register 1                 Fig  2 3 1 Memory map of registers relevant to serial I O  2 3 2 Relevant registers    Transmit Receive buffer register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Transmit Receive buffer register  TB RB   Address   18 16     The transmission data is written to or the receive data is read out   from this buffer register      At writing  A data is written to the transmit buffer register      At reading  The contents of the receive buffer register are read  out                             Note  The contents of transmit buffer register cannot be read out   The data cannot be written to the receive buffer register        Fig  2 3 2 Structure of Transmit Receive buffer register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 29 of 78          5   5        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    UART status register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 61 bO    UART status register  UARTSTS   Address   19 16     NENNT s    R  m buffer empty flag Buffer full  TBE   Buffer empty  Receive buffer full flag  RBF    Buffer empty    Buffer full  Transmit shift register shift    Transmit shift in progress  completion flag  TSC    Transmit shift completed           Hm            Overrun error  4  Parity error flag  PE       No error    Parity error  Framing error flag  FE          error  Soe  PET   Summing error flag  SE        U EE i           7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  S is a write disabled bit   When th
55.  J    34 bit times   22 7 us   136 cycle  SETUP token interrupt occurs Read Data 0          Notes 1  In this case  Data  2 bytes  Cycle  6 MHz   2  Max  14 cycles are required until the interrupt occurs        Fig  2 4 15 Data read timing of SETUP token         SYNC   PID           CRC        SYNC Data X   Data Y                        34 bit times   22 7 us   136 cycle  OUT token interrupt occurs Read Data 0    Notes 1  In this case  Data  2 bytes  Cycle  6     2   2  Max  14 cycles are required until the interrupt occurs        Fig  2 4 16 Data read timing of OUT token          PID ADDR                   FOP SYNC PID         IN token interrupt occurs Read Data 0       22 5 bit times   15 us   90 cycle    Notes 1  In this case  Data  1 byte  Cycle  6 MHz   2  Max  14 cycles are required until the interrupt occurs        Fig  2 4 17 Data read timing of IN token  endpoint 0  and IN token  endpoint 1  token       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 67 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB        4  Processing to special signal  In 7534 Group  control the USB function to the signal shown in Table 2 4 5 by software   At USB reset  initialize the registers relevant to USB described in the above section 2 4 3   Also  at Suspend  execute the STP instruction after the interrupt is enabled   Set an external interrupt which is the return condition from the stopped state before STP instruction   The enable of resume is included in this condition   The generati
56.  O to 4   Address   00 16  0216  0416  0616  0816     Write         n input mode  Read   Value of pins    pe    Note  The following ports do not exist  so that the corresponding bits are not used     42 pin version  Ports P1 7  P42 P47      96 pin version  Ports   15   17  P36    40   47    32 pin version  Ports      5     17  P26  P27  P35 P37    40   47    Fig  3 5 1 Structure of Port Pi  i   0 to 4                 Port Pi direction register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Port Pi direction register           i   0 to 4   Address   01 16  0316  0516  0716  0916     B  Name        Funcio atreser  R  W   Port Pi direction register 0   Port Pioinput mode x  1   Port Pio output mode  0   Port Pi  input mode x  1   Port Pi  output mode  0   Port Pizinput mode x  1   Port Piz output mode  0   Port Pisinput mode x  1   Port Pis output mode  0   Port Pia input mode x  1   Port        output mode  0   Port Pisinput mode x  1   Port Pis output mode  0   Port Pieinput mode x  1   Port Pie output mode  0   Port Piz input mode x  1   Port        output mode    Note  The following ports do not exist  so that the corresponding bits are not used     42 pin version  Ports P17  P42 P47      96 pin version  Ports   15   17  P36    40   47    32 pin version  Ports P15   P17  P26  P27    35   37    40   47                      Fig  3 5 2 Structure of Port Pi direction register  i   0 to 4     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 34 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registe
57.  OC           1ST 7DATA 1SP    sTALSBX X OX X X         gt  SP    1ST 8DATA 1PAR 1SP    st KBX X X X X X OXSEXCPARY SP    1ST 7DATA 1PAR 1SP                       X X X Xws8XPARY SP    1ST 8DATA 2SP      st      X 0X X X              2      1ST 7DATA 2SP           KBX    X X              2      1ST 8DATA 1PAR 2SP      SLALSBX                                         1ST 7DATA 1PAR 2SP      st                  _                     2SP                            Serial      1        UART             Clock      LSB first ST   Start bit  Serial  02   synchronous 4 SP   Stop bit    Serial I O    MSB first PAR   Parity bit          Fig  2 3 14 Serial I O transfer data format    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 37 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    2 3 5 Serial I O application examples   1  Communication using clock synchronous serial I O  transmit receive   Outline   2 byte data is transmitted and received  using the clock synchronous serial I O  Port   0    is used for communication control and outputs the quasi Sroy signal        The following explain an example using the serial 1 02  Figure 2 3 15 shows a connection diagram   and Figure 2 3 16 shows a timing chart     Transmission side Reception side       P37 INTo   0                              SDATA SDATA       7534 Group 7534 Group       Fig  2 3 15 Connection diagram    Specifications     The Serial 1 02  clock synchronous serial I O  is used    Synchronous clock frequency   94 kH
58.  P27  P30  0 3 to          0 3  P37  Xour  USBVREFOUT  P40  P41    Power dissipation  Note 2  1000  Note 3   Operating temperature    20 to 85                                                 Storage temperature    40 to 125    Notes 1  It is a rating only for the One Time PROM version  Connect to Vss for mask ROM version   2  The rating value depends on packages   3  This is the value for the 42 pin version   The value of the 36 pin version is 300 mW   The value of the 32 pin version is 200 mW        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 2 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 1 Electrical characteristics       3 1 2 Recommended operating conditions    Table 3 1 2 Recommended operating conditions            4 1 to 5 5 V  Ta      20 to 85        unless otherwise noted     Limits  Typ   Power source voltage             6 MHz    5 0                                      Power source voltage 0       Analog reference voltage             input voltage   0     07    10   16  P20  P30 P37  P40  P41       H    input voltage  TTL input level selected  P10  P12  P13  P36  P37           input voltage RESET  XIN     H    input voltage D   D      L  input voltage   0     07    10   16  P20  P30 P37  P40  P41       L    input voltage  TTL input level selected  P10  P12  P13  P36  P37     L    input voltage RESET  CNVss     L    input voltage D   D                                            L    input voltage XIN       H    total peak output current  Note 1    00   07    10   16
59.  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Table 2 3 1 shows a setting example of the baud rate generator  BRG  and transfer bit rate values   Figure 2 3 24 shows the registers setting relevant to transmission side  Figure 2 3 25 shows the  registers setting relevant to reception side    Table 2 3 1 Setting example of baud rate generator  BRG  and transfer bit rate values  BRG set value    BRG count source    Transfer bit rate  bps   Note 2                                                Note 1  At          4 9152 MHz At          6 MHz            4 255           300 366 2109375            4 127  7Fis  600 732 421875            4 1200 1464 84375            4 2400 2929 6875            4 4800 5859 375            4 9600 11718 75            4 19200 23437 5            4 38400 46875         76800 93750            153600 187500          307200 375000          Notes 1  Select the BRG count source with bit 0 of the serial 1 01 control register  address 1Ais      2  Equation of transfer bit rate     f Xin        Transfer bit rate  bps        BRG set value   1  X 16 X m         m   1 in the case of bit 0 of the serial I O1 control  register  address 001A e     0   m   4 in the case of bit 0 of the serial 1 01 control  register  address   01            1       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 44 of 78  REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Transmission side    UART status register  address 19 16   b7 60    UARTSTS    Transmit buffer empty
60.  RESET pin    Connecting capacitor  In case where the RESET signal rise time is long  connect a ceramic capacitor or others across the  RESET pin and the Vss pin  Use a 1000 pF or more capacitor for high frequency use  When  connecting the capacitor  note the following      Make the length of the wiring which is connected to a capacitor as short as possible     Be sure to verify the operation of application products on the user side       Reason  If the several nanosecond or several ten nanosecond impulse noise enters the RESET pin  it may  cause a microcomputer failure     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 78 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300                   3       APPENDIX    3 1 Electrical characteristics  3 2 Typical characteristics   3 3 Notes on use   3 4 Countermeasures against noise  3 5 List of registers   3 6 Package outline   3 7 List of instruction code   3 8 Machine instructions   3 9 SFR memory map   3 10 Pin configurations    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 1 Electrical characteristics       3 1 Electrical characteristics    3 1 1 Absolute maximum ratings    Table 3 1 1 Absolute maximum ratings    Parameter Conditions Ratings       Power source voltage    0 3 to 7 0    Input voltage P0o   P07    10   16  P20 P27  P30    0 3 to Vcc   0 3  P37  VREF  P40  P41 All voltages are                      Input voltage RESET  XIN based on   55     0 3 to Voc   0 3  Output transistors    Input voltage CNVss  Note 1  are cut off     0 3 to 13    Output voltage   0     07    10   16  P20
61.  STALL  IN token DATA0 1        OUT token ACK  IN token STALL    OUT STALL   SPID0O   OUT ACK   APIDO    IN STALL   SPIDOI    IN DATAO 1   DPIDO     1                                   1 SETUP  no error    4 transaction     Sequence bit toggle es   dee EE ee   maan ji   SQTGL              OUT  no error    2  Control Write  Setup Stage Data Stage Status Stage      Endpoint 0 valid   Endpoint 0 invalid  Endpoint 0 enable flag r   EP0E              s  Endpoint 0 PID selection flag   OUT token ACK  IN token STALL       OUT token STALL  IN token DATAO 1    OUT STALL   SPIDOO     OUT ACK   APIDO     IN STALL   SPIDOI     IN DATAO 1   DPIDO     1       OUT  no error       H    1 SETUP  no error    4 transaction  1           ACK receive    Sequence bit toggle flag   SQTGL     n L   je     Notes 1  Only token and DATAO 1 of PID are shown in this figure   2  In this example  data stage is 4 transaction        Fig  2 4 11 Control method of control sequence    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 62 of 78 134    NE SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB        2  Example of processing each transaction  In 7534 Group  the control and the determination of the packet are executed by software   First  the content of the received token is determined  transmit and receive data according to it are  executed  the completion of the transaction is shown by the handshake   Note that the contents of the control and the determination are different even of the software so that  processing is
62.  Structure of Interrupt request register 1    Interrupt control register 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   Address        16     B  ___                                     JwrseR W   UART receive USBIN token 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  UART transmit USBSETUP  0   Interrupt disabled  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt enabled  Resume INT  interrupt enable  INTo interrupt enable bit   Interrupt disabled   Note 2    Interrupt enabled  3   Timer X or key on wake up   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit     Interrupt enabled  4   Timer 1 interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled  1   Interrupt enabled  5 Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt   0   Interrupt disabled  enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  CNTRo or AD converter 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Do not write    1    to this bit    9           When this bit is read out  the value is    0        Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0                                      Fig  2 2 10 Structure of Interrupt control register 1    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 15 of 78          5   5        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    2 2 3 Timer application examples   1  Basic functions and uses     Function
63.  The bit managing instructions are read modify write form instructions for reading and writing data  by a byte unit  Accordingly  when these instructions are executed on a bit of the port latch of an      port  the following is executed to all bits of the port latch     As for a bit which is set for an input port    The pin state is read in the CPU  and is written to this bit after bit managing     As for a bit which is set for an output port    The bit value of the port latch is read in the CPU  and is written to this bit after bit managing     Note the following       Even when a port which is set as an output port is changed for an input port  its port latch holds  the output data      As for a bit of the port latch which is set for an input port  its value may be changed even when  not specified with a bit managing instruction in case where the pin state differs from its port latch  contents        bit managing instructions   SEB  and CLB instructions    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 8 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    2 1 6 Termination of unused pins   1  Terminate unused pins    Output ports   Open      Input ports    Connect each pin to Vcc or Vss through each resistor of 1      to 10        Ports that permit the selecting of a built in pull up resistor can also use this resistor  As for pins  whose potential affects to operation modes such as pins CNVss  INT or others  select the Vcc pin  or the Vss pin according to their operati
64.  Timer X over  flows  comes to the terminal count        regis   ters or internal memory contents except Timer  X will not change during this mode   Of course  needs VDD                                             me    1  The number of cycles      is increased by    when T is 1   2   The number of cycles  n  is increased by 2 when T is 1   3   The number of cycles          is increased by 1 when T is 1   4                  The number of cycles          is increased by 2 when branching has occurred     5            and Z flags are invalid      decimal operation mode     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          64 of 70 1320    NESAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode Processor status register                                                                                                                                                          Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          65 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    APPENDIX    3 8 Machine instructions       Symbol    Contents    Contents       IMP   IMM   A   BIT  A  BIT  A  R  ZP   BIT  ZP  BIT  ZP  R  ZP  X  ZP  Y  ABS  ABS  X  ABS  Y  IND    ZP  IND    IND  X  IND  Y  REL  sP       Implied addressing mode   Immediate addressing mode  Accumulator or Accumulator addressing mode  Accumulator bit addressing mode  Accumulator bit relative addressing mode  Zero page addressing mode   Zero page bit addressing mode   Zero page bit relative addressing mode  Zero page X addressin
65.  USB reset invalid  1  USB reset valid    Resume interrupt enable  0  Resume invalid  1  Resume valid    Token interrupt enable  0  Token invalid  1  Token valid    USB enable flag  0  USB invalid  1  USB valid       CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Clear  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set    CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used          Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 29 of 55  REJ09BO1 78 0300             5   5    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION          USB transmit data byte number set register 0   EPOBYTE  address 002116                                               CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used   Hardware write  Not used                   Not used  return    0    when read        USB transmit data byte number set register 1   EP1BYTE  address 002216                                            CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used                   Not used  return    0    when read        USB PID control register 0   EPOPID  address 002316     Not used  return    1    when read                                         Endpoint 0 enable flag  0  Endpoint 0 invalid  1  Endpoint 0 valid             Endpoint 0 PID selection flag   1xxx  
66.  X  it can be set to 0 or 1        Fig  2 4 9 Register structures relevant to USB  3        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 60 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    USB address register  USBA   Address 25 16   7 b6 65 b4 b3 b2 bi b  CPU  WR RD  WR    Initial value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RD       ar    USB sequence bit initialization register  INISQ1   Address 26 16   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 62 bi 00  x x x x x x x x    As sequence bit of endpoint 1 is  initialized     Sequence is initialized by writing dummy     Initial value    USB control register  USBCON   Address 27 16   67 b6 b5 64 b3 62 bi 00              T T T T T   OPU  OPU w  HW  0 RD  WR   RD   WR    USBVREFOUT output   0  Output off Set   Use  valid flag 1  Output on Clear  Remote wake up 0  No request Set  Use  Clear  request flag 1 Remote wake up request    Remote wake up request     output  can be set by setting this flag to    1      This flag is cleaed to    0    automatically after 10 ms from remote wake up request     Serial 1 01 control register  SIO1CON   Address 1   16   67 b6 b5 64 b3 62 bi                                MEM J S        WR   RD  WR  0  Serial 1 01 mode 00  I O port         Use  selection bit 01 Not available Clear  Serial 1 01 mode 10 UART mode Set   Use  selection bit 11 USB mode Clear    Note  Only bits 6 and 7 of SIO1CON are described in this figure because only these bits are used for USB     Initial value    Initial value       Fig  2 4 10 Register structures relevant to USB
67.  a duty cycle of 50 96        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 3 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               APPENDIX    3 1 Electrical characteristics       3 1 3 Electrical characteristics    Table 3 1 3 Electrical characteristics  1   Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Vss   0 V            20 to 85   C  unless otherwise noted     Parameter    Test conditions                H    output voltage   00   07    10   16    20   27     P30 P37  P40  P41  Note 1     loH   5 mA  Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V                   1 0 mA           4 1 to 5 5             H    output voltage    Vcc   4 4 to 5 25 V  Pull down through  15kQ  5   for D   D   Pull up through 1 5kQ   5   by USBVREFOUT  for D   Ta   0 to 70   C         L  output voltage    P00 P07    10   16  P20  P37  P40  P41       loL 2 5 mA           4 1 to 5 5 V       loL   1 5 mA           4 1 to 5 5 V        L  output voltage    Vcc   4 4 to 5 25 V  Pull down through  15kQ  5   for D   D   Pull up through 1 5kQ   5   by USBVREFOUT  for D  Ta   0 to 70   C         L  output voltage               6    loL   15 mA           4 1 to 5 5          loL   1 5 mA           4 1 to 5 5 V       Hysteresis    D   D        Hysteresis    CNTRo  INTo  INT1  Note 2               7          3        Hysteresis    RxD            SDATA  Note 2        Hysteresis    RESET          H    input current    P00 P07    10   16    20   27   P30 P37  P40  P41            Vcc   Pin floating  Pull up  transistors  off          H  input current    RESET    VI   Voc        
68.  addresses 0C08016 to OFFFD16  in the PROM programmer     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 23 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 10 Termination of unused pins   1  Terminate unused pins    Output ports   Open      Input ports    Connect each pin to Vcc or Vss through each resistor of 1      to 10        Ports that permit the selecting of a built in pull up resistor can also use this resistor  As for pins  whose potential affects to operation modes such as pins CNVss  INT or others  select the Vcc pin  or the Vss pin according to their operation mode        I O ports      Set the I O ports for the input mode and connect them to Vcc or Vss through each resistor of  1      to 10        Ports that permit the selecting of a built in pull up resistor can also use this resistor  Set the     O ports for the output mode and open them at    L    or    H         When opening them in the output mode  the input mode of the initial status remains until the  mode of the ports is switched over to the output mode by the program after reset  Thus  the  potential at these pins is undefined and the power source current may increase in the input  mode  With regard to an effects on the system  thoroughly perform system evaluation on the user  side    Since the direction register setup may be changed because of a program runaway or noise  set  direction registers by program periodically to increase the reliability of program      2  Termination remarks 
69.  ae     gt              Store Return Address  on Stack        5   lt      S   lt        5   lt    S   lt          O       Store Return Address    on Stack            Store Contents of Processor        5  lt    Status Register on Stack  5 1              lt  86   1       5   lt  5 1     2          Interrupt  Service Routine   Flag    0    to    1       E RT  xecute RTS Execute RTI Fetch the Jump Vector                                        Restore Ret S     5   1  A ddiess 5 Ea Ta Restore Contents of     PS   lt  MS  Processor Status Register    n     lt  5 1    PC   lt      S PCMS    Restore Return  Address                            s               lt  5 1     PCH  lt M  5     Note   The condition to enable the interrupt     gt Interrupt enable bit is    1     Interrupt disable flag is    O          Fig  9 Register push and pop at interrupt generation and subroutine call    Table 3 Push and pop instructions of accumulator or processor status register    Push instruction to stack Pop instruction from stack       Accumulator PHA PLA  Processor status register PHP PLP  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 11 of 55          5   5          09  0178 0300    7534 Group       Processor status register  PS   The processor status register is an 8 bit register consisting of flags  which indicate the status of the processor after an arithmetic opera   tion  Branch operations can be performed by testing the Carry  C  flag   Zero  Z  flag  Overflow  V  flag  or the Negative  N  flag  In decimal  mod
70.  and periodically sets the interrupt request  bit      Timer X  Timer X can be selected in one of 4 operating modes by setting the  timer X mode register       Timer Mode  The timer counts the signal selected by the timer X count source  selection bit       Pulse Output Mode  The timer counts the signal selected by the timer X count source  selection bit  and outputs a signal whose polarity is inverted each  time the timer value reaches  0   from the CNTRo pin   When the CNTRo active edge switch bit is    0     the output of the  CNTRo pin is started with an          output   At    1     this output is started with an  L  output  When using a timer in  this mode  set the port P14 direction register to output mode       Event Counter Mode  The operation in the event counter mode is the same as that in the  timer mode except that the timer counts the input signal from the  CNTRo pin   When the CNTRo active edge switch bit is  0   the timer counts  the rising edge of the CNTRo pin  When this bit is  1   the timer  counts the falling edge of the CNTRo pin       Pulse Width Measurement Mode   When the CNTRo active edge switch bit is  0   the timer counts the  signal selected by the timer X count source selection bit while the  CNTRo pin is           When this bit is    1     the timer counts the signal  while the CNTRo pin is  L     In any mode  the timer count can be stopped by setting the timer X  count stop bit to    1     Each time the timer overflows  the interrupt  request b
71.  and stores the contents of the memory  location designated by S in PCL  S is again  incremented by one and stores the contents of  memory location designated by S in PCH        56 541  PCL  lt     5   56 541  PCH  lt     5                       1    This instruction increments 5 by        and  stores the contents of the memory location  designated by S in PCL  S is again  incremented by one and the contents of the  memory location is stored in PCH       is  incremented by 1                                               Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 62 of 70    REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode Processor status register       ABS ABS  X   ABS  Y IND ZP  IND IND  X IND  Y REL 0         JOP                             n      OP                              n     JOP       4   3       3                                  ue saved in stack                                                                                                     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          63 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode       Symbol Function Details A         A ZP BIT  ZP       n    JOP  n             OP  n          SBC When T   0 When T   0  this instruction subtracts the E5 2   Note 1       lt            value of    and the complement of    from       Note 5  and stores the results in A and C   When T   1 When T   1  the instruction subtracts the con              
72.  arising out of the application and use of the  information in this document or Renesas products   With the exception of products specified by Renesas as suitable for automobile applications  Renesas  products are not designed  manufactured or tested for applications or otherwise in systems the failure or  malfunction of which may cause a direct threat to human life or create a risk of human injury or which require  especially high quality and reliability such as safety systems  or equipment or systems for transportation and  traffic  healthcare  combustion control  aerospace and aeronautics  nuclear power  or undersea communication  transmission  If you are considering the use of our products for such purposes  please contact a Renesas  sales office beforehand  Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of the uses set forth above   Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph  you should not use Renesas products for the purposes listed below     1  artificial life support devices or systems    2  surgical implantations    3  healthcare intervention  e g   excision  administration of medication  etc      4  any other purposes that pose a direct threat to human life  Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of the uses set forth in the above and purchasers who  elect to use Renesas products in any of the foregoing applications shall indemnify and hold harmless Renesas  Technology Corp   its affiliated companies and their officers  directors  and employe
73.  by the interrupt and the setting a related register  when using the interrupt of the IN token in Figure 2 4 14     In the OUT token interrupt  read data of OUT token and SETUP token at the timing shown in Figures  2 4 15 and 2 4 16  Also  in the IN token interrupt  write data to IN token  endpoint 0  and IN token   endpoint 1  at the timing shown in Figure 2 4 17     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 64 of 78 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    7534                Flow chart       USBA    Set USB communication SIO1CON    USBCON  USBICON    Set OUT token enabled EPOPID     Program description     APPLICATION    2 4 USB          Not used here   Set it to    0    or  1  arbitrary       0000000  gt  Initial USB address      0       11XXXXXX  gt  Set hardware  I O port  to USB mode    1             2 Use USBVrerour           1XXXXXXX 2 Set internal state to USB enabled    XXXXAXXX 2 Set endpoint 0 to be valid    USBICON    IREQ1    ICON1    Set OUT token interrupt  enabled    X1XXXXXX 2 Set token interrupt to be valid  XXXXXX0X 2 Initialize OUT token interrupt request                         1   2 Set OUT token interrupt enable      OUT token interrupt    Reset Supend     Resume processing USBIR2 XXXX XXX 2 Interrupt by reset if 2      1       USBIR2 XXxXX XX 2 Interrupt by suspend if        1     USBICON XX9 XXXXX 2 Interrupt by resume if 2      1     Note  Set RSME to    1    only in suspend processing    Interrupt source   Reset    Supend Resume processing    No Reset Supend Resume  proc
74.  can be initialized by clearing this flag to  0     The initial values of registers are as follows      USB status register  address 19 16     0116      USB data toggle synchronization register  address 1D 16     7F 16      USB interrupt source discrimination register 1  address 1E 16     7  16      Bits 7  6 and 2 of USB interrupt source discrimination register 2  address 1F 16      00xxx0xx2              Fig  2 4 8 Register structures relevant to USB  2        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 59 of 78          5   5        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION  7534 Group 2 4 USB    USB transmit data byte number set register 0  EPOBYTE   Address 21 16   b7 06 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi       0                             sew   CPU  CPU   HW  HW  Initial value 0 0 0                        RB   transmitting with endpoint 0 ble  Clear    USB transmit data byte number set register 1  EP1BYTE   Address 22 16   b7 06 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi 00     o                  ___             CPU           HW   HW  Initial value    0 RD                   WR     Set the number of data byte for Ena    Set    Use  transmitting with endpoint 1 ble   Clea    USB PID control register 0  EPOPID   Address 23 16   67 b6 b5 04 63 b2    60    CPU   CPU   H W   HW  RD  WR   RD   WR  Endpoint 0 enable 0  Endpoint 0 invalid Ena    Set    Use  flag 1  Endpoint 0 valid ble  Clea    Unexpected IN or OUT transaction can be ignored by clearing this flag to  0    SETUP transaction cannot be ignored  it is always valid      Endpoint 0 PID selectio
75.  certain use conditions  Further   Renesas Electronics products are not subject to radiation resistance design  Please be sure to implement safety measures to  guard them against the possibility of physical injury  and injury or damage caused by fire in the event of the failure of a  Renesas Electronics product  such as safety design for hardware and software including but not limited to redundancy  fire  control and malfunction prevention  appropriate treatment for aging degradation or any other appropriate measures  Because  the evaluation of microcomputer software alone is very difficult  please evaluate the safety of the final products or system  manufactured by you     Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office for details as to environmental matters such as the environmental  compatibility of each Renesas Electronics product  Please use Renesas Electronics products in compliance with all applicable  laws and regulations that regulate the inclusion or use of controlled substances  including without limitation  the EU RoHS  Directive  Renesas Electronics assumes no liability for damages or losses occurring as a result of your noncompliance with  applicable laws and regulations     This document may not be reproduced or duplicated  in any form  in whole or in part  without prior written consent of Renesas  Electronics     Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office if you have any questions regarding the information contained in this  document or Renesas Elect
76.  changed         Reason  The bit managing instructions are read modify write form instructions for reading and writing data  by a byte unit  Accordingly  when these instructions are executed on a bit of the port latch of an       port  the following is executed to all bits of the port latch     As for a bit which is set for an input port    The pin state is read in the CPU  and is written to this bit after bit managing     As for a bit which is set for an output port    The bit value of the port latch is read in the CPU  and is written to this bit after bit managing     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 20 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    Note the following       Even when    port which is set as an output port is changed for an input port  its port latch holds  the output data      As for a bit of the port latch which is set for an input port  its value may be changed even when  not specified with a bit managing instruction in case where the pin state differs from its port latch  contents        bit managing instructions   SEB  and CLB instructions    3 3 7 Notes on programming     1  Processor status register      Initializing of processor status register  Flags which affect program execution must be initialized after a reset   In particular  it is essential to initialize the T and D flags because they have an important effect  on calculations         Reason  After a reset  the contents of the processor status register  PS  are undef
77.  chip   An  external feed back resistor may be needed depending on conditions       Oscillation control     Stop mode  When the STP instruction is executed  the internal clock    stops at  an  H  level and the        oscillator stops  At this time  timer 1 is set to     0116    and prescaler 12 is set to    FFie    when the oscillation  stabilization time set bit after release of the STP instruction is    0      On the other hand  timer 1 and prescaler 12 are not set when the  above bit is  1   Accordingly  set the wait time fit for the oscillation  stabilization time of the oscillator to be used   f XiN  16 is forcibly connected to the input of prescaler 12   When an external interrupt is accepted  oscillation is restarted but  the internal clock    remains at    H    until timer 1 underflows  As soon  as timer 1 underflows  the internal clock    is supplied  This is  because when a ceramic oscillator is used  some time is required  until a start of oscillation   In case oscillation is restarted by reset  no wait time is generated   So apply an    L    level to the RESET pin while oscillation becomes  stable       Wait mode  If the WIT instruction is executed  the internal clock    stops at an   H  level  but the oscillator does not stop  The internal clock restarts  if a reset occurs or when an interrupt is received   Since the oscillator does not stop  normal operation can be started  immediately after the clock is restarted   To ensure that interrupts will be received to 
78.  conversion register  low order   67 b6 25 64 b3 b2 61                          A D conversion register  low order   ADL   Address   3516   i W  M The read only register in which the A D conversion s results        EAE    Eag   lt  8 bit read gt  2                     b7  lt  10 bit read gt  T EMG  Er pepe pape aro           EET                                         id         gK                                                              l          Fig  2 5 4 Structure of A D conversion register  low order     Rev 3 00        23 2006          72 of 78         5  5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    Interrupt edge selection register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 61 bO    Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   Address        16     B  ___               Funcio          INTo interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 1  1   Rising edge active  INT  interrupt edge 0   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 2  1   Rising edge active       When these bits are read out  the values are    0           ES  4   Serial 1 01 or INT  interrupt 0   Serial      1   selection bit 1  INT   5   Timer X or key on wake up 0  Timer X   interrupt selection bit 1  Key on wake up   Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt  0  Timer 2   selection bit 1   Serial 1 02  7              or AD converter 0   CNTRo   interrupt selection bit 1   AD converter  Notes 1  32 pin version  Not used    This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    
79.  counter mode    Pulse width measurement  mode  The function depends on the  operating mode    Refer to Table 2 2 1                                                  Fig  2 2 6 Structure of Timer    mode register    Table 2 2 1 CNTRo active edge switch bit function    Timer X operation modes CNTRo active edge switch bit  bit 2 of address 2B s  contents  Timer mode    0     CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge    No influence to timer count   1    CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge    No influence to timer count   0  Pulse output start  Beginning at    H    level  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge  Pulse output start  Beginning at  L  level  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge   O  Timer X  Rising edge count  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge   1  Timer X  Falling edge count  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge   O   Timer X           level width measurement  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge   1  Timer X     L    level width measurement  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge          Pulse output mode        1       Event counter mode          Pulse width measurement mode             Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 13 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer count source set register  b7 b6 65 64 b3 62 bi bO    Timer count source set register      55   Address   2E 16       ____              Function     At reset   R  W    rum X count s
80.  data at reception   to the serial 1   2 register by program            7 of the serial 1 02 control register is set to    1    a half cycle  of the shift clock  earlier than  completion of shift operation  Accordingly  when using this bit to confirm shift completion  a half  cycle or more of the shift clock must pass after confirming that this bit is set to    1     before performing  read write to the serial 1   2 register     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 49 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    2 4 USB    This paragraph explains operational outline  the registers relevant to the USB  the registers setting method   the application example for communication and notes on use     2 4 1 Outline of USB   7534 Group has USB functions in compliance with the Low Speed USB2 0 specification which are connection  standard with PC peripherals    In this section  the outline of USB communication function and the USB function of 7534 Group are  described      1  Transfer type  In present PC  2 or more standards used for the connection with peripherals exist  RS 232C and  Centronics  etc     USB tries to unite all those communication standards   The standard of USB has the host side  PC Hub  which controls connected peripherals and the  connected peripherals side  device    The following 3 types of communication standards exist depending on the data amount treated on  the peripherals side     Hi Speed function  H S   USB operation at 480Mbps     Full S
81.  detected at data phase after OUT or SETUP  token     ACK PID cannot be received at handshake phase during IN transaction    This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     Bit stuffing error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  Bit stuffing error ble    This bit is set to    1    when bit stuffing error occurs at data phase or handshake phase   This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     ng error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  Summing error ble      when any error of FEOPE  CRCE  PIDE  or BSTFE occurs       0  by writing dummy to this register     Receive buffer full 0  Buffer empty Ena  Set   flag 1  Buffer full ble Clear  This bit is set to    1    when data is transferred from shift register to buffer by hardware   This bit is cleared to  0  by reading from buffer                    Fig  3 5 7 Structure of USB status register       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 37 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Serial 1 01 control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi         Serial 1 01 control register  SIO1CON   Address   1A 16      _____            Function                       BRG count source    f XIN   9100    selection bit  CSS f XIN  4   Nothing is allocated for this bit     is a write disabled bit  1      When this bit is read out  the value is    1        Continuous transmit valid bit  0  Continuous transmit invalid         1   Continuous transmit valid  3  Transmit interrupt   Inter
82.  different depending on the content of the token   Figure 2 4 12 shows timing chart of the transaction according to each token     1  SETUP token transaction  Token Handshake      SETUP PID detected         OUT token interrupt i i   1   Interrupt processing   1              detected            detected          detection flag   1  Data     Handshake     EOP  h   1    Token PID determination flag   OPID     Token interrupt flag   RxPID     Data received read  2 bytes     Receive buffer full flag   RxRDY     False EOP error 1 PID error occurs 1 False EOP error occurs    occurs  FEOPE  1  PIDE  1  FEOPE   ie news    CRC error occur    CRCE             Summing error flag   SUME   CRC error occurs   CRCE     2  OUT token transaction  Token Handshake      OUT PID detected      OUT token interrupt 1 1 1   Interrupt processing T              detected 1 EOP detected   EOP detected       Token    Dat     hak  EOP detection flag      Data   Handshake      EOP     Token PID determination flag   OPID     Token interrupt flag   RxPID     Data received read  2 bytes   Receive buffer full flag       RxRDY   PID error occurs 1 False EOP error occurs    CRC error occurs     PIDE  22 1                 CRCE          Summing error flag L    SUME  i  CRC error occurs   CRCE     3  IN token transaction  Token Handshake    IN token interrupt   Interrupt processing          detected EOP detected EOP detected    1            EOP detection flag  Token   Data     Handshake      EOP     Endpoint determin
83.  do not connect multiple ports in a lump to Vcc or Vss through  a resistor         Reason  If the direction register setup changes for the output mode because of a program runaway or    noise  a short circuit may occur between ports       At the termination of unused pins  perform wiring at the shortest possible distance  20 mm or less   from microcomputer pins     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 9 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    2 2 Timer    This paragraph explains the registers setting method and the notes relevant to the timers     2 2 1 Memory map                 002  16   Timer count source set register      55     003A16  Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE     003C16  Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1     iy  003E16   Interrupt control register 1  ICON1     Fig  2 2 1 Memory map of registers relevant to timers       2 2 2 Relevant registers    Prescaler 12  Prescaler X    b7 b6 b5 64 63 b2 61       Prescaler 12  PRE12   Address   28 16   Prescaler X  PREX   Address   2C 16      Set a count value of each prescaler                     value set in this register is written to both each prescaler   and the corresponding prescaler latch at the same time            When this register is read out  the count value of the corres    ponding prescaler is read out  EXE  ER  E ELS  Pele                                    Fig  2 2 2 Structure of Prescaler 12  Prescaler X    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 10 of 78 1320    NE   ESAS  REJO
84.  failure or a program runaway        Fig  3 4 9 Wiring of signal lines where potential levels change frequently     3  Oscillator protection using Vss pattern  As for a two sided printed circuit board  print a VSs pattern on the underside  soldering side  of the  position  on the component side  where an oscillator is mounted   Connect the VSS pattern to the microcomputer Vss pin with the shortest possible wiring  Besides   separate this Vss pattern from other Vss patterns     An example of Vss patterns on the  underside of a printed circuit board    Oscillator wiring  pattern example    GHXIN     OBSS    x  EL XOUT  a Vss       Separate the Vss line for oscillation from other Vss lines       Fig  3 4 10 Vss pattern on the underside of an oscillator    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 31 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise    3 4 5 Setup for I O ports  Setup       ports using hardware and software as follows      lt Hardware gt     Connect a resistor of 100    or more to an I O port in series       Software      As for an input port  read data several times by a program for checking whether input levels are  equal or not     As for an output port  since the output data may reverse because of noise  rewrite data to its port  latch at fixed periods     Rewrite data to direction registers and pull up control registers at fixed periods     Note  When a direction register is set for input port again at fixed periods  a several
85.  flag    Confirm that the data has been transferred from  the transmit buffer register to the transmit shift register     When this flag is    1     it is possible to write the next  transmission data into the transmit buffer register     Transmit shift register shift completion flag  Confirm transmission completion of one byte  unit using this flag       1     Shift of transmission completed    Serial      1 control register  addreess 1A 16     b7  SIO1CON          0 11    BRG count source             4  Continuous transmit invalid  Transmit enabled        gt  Receive disabled   gt  UART mode       UART control register  address 1B 16     b7       UARTCON      ofa  ojo    Character length   8 bits  Parity checking disabled  Stop bit length   2 stop bits  TxD   CMOS output    Baud rate generator  address 1C 16   b7                t  Transfer bit rate X 16 X m           m   1 in the case of bit 0 of SIO1CON  address 001A 16        0          4 in the case of bit 0 of SIO1CON  address 001A 16       1          Fig  2 3 24 Registers setting relevant to transmission side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 45 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Reception side    UART status register  address 19 16   b7 50    UARTSTS      Receive buffer full flag    Confirm reception completion of one byte unit  using this flag   1     At completing reception     0     At readting out Receive buffer register  Overrun error flag  1      When data is ready
86.  frequency during A D conversion  The comparator consists of a capacity coupling  and a charge of the capacity will be lost if the clock  frequency is too low  Thus  make sure the following during an A D conversion   e        is 500 kHz or more    Do not execute the STP instruction     3  Method to stabilize A D Converter  Method to stabilize A D Converter is described below    a  A D conversion accuracy could be affected for Bus Powered  USB devices  while the communicating   Figure 2 5 12 shows the method to stabilize A D conversion accuracy  inserting a capacitor between  Vref and Vss    1  Power supplied by USB Vcc BUS     ANo to AN7       USBVREFOUT    0 01 to 1 uF  7534 Group             0 1 to 1 uF O   Recommends for A D accuracy       Fig  2 5 12 Method to stabilize A D conversion accuracy     b  It is recommended for A D accuracy to avoid converting while USB communication  and use  average value of several converted values     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 77 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 6 Reset    2 6 Reset    2 6 1 Connection example of reset IC  Figure 2 6 1 shows the system example to switch to the RAM back up mode when detecting the falling of  system power source by the INT interrupt        System power    source   5V       Vcc1    RESET RESET          E Vcc2 INT                Vss    7534 Group             V  GND    6  od m i  n uw    M62009L M62009P M62009FP  Fig  2 6 1 Example of poweron reset circuit       2 6 2 Notes on
87.  into Receive shift  register while Receive buffer register  contains the data            gt  Parity error flag  1      When a parity error occurs      the parity  checking enabled           gt  Framing error flag  1      When stop bits cannot be detected at the  specified timing           gt  Summing error flag  1      When any one of overrun  parity  and framing  errors occurs      1 01 control     addreess 1A 16     SIO1CON                     BRG count source             4  Continuous transmit invalid  Transmit disabled     gt  Receive enabled   gt  UART mode          UART control register  address 1B 16   7    50  UARTCON              Character length   8 bits  Parity checking disabled  Stop bit length   2 stop bits    Baud rate generator  address 1C 16     b7               Transfer bit rate X 16    m               1 in the case of bit 0 of SIO1CON  address 001A 16   m   4 in the case of bit 0 of SIO1CON  address 001A 16        0     1       Fig  2 3 25 Registers setting relevant to reception side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 46 of 78 134    NE   ESAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O       Figure 2 3 26 shows a control procedure of transmission side  and Figure 2 3 27 shows a control  procedure of reception side     AUI s   X  This bit is not used here  Set it to  0  or  1  arbitrary   Initialization    SIO1CON  address 1A16        100100012  Serial l O1 setting       UARTCON  address 1  16   lt   000010002   address 1C16   lt     8    1 
88.  nanosecond short pulse  may be output from this port  If this is undesirable  connect a capacitor to this port to remove the noise  pulse                  Port latch  gt         port  pins          Fig  3 4 11 Setup for I O ports    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 32 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise    3 4 6 Providing of watchdog timer function by software   If a microcomputer runs away because of noise or others  it can be detected by a software watchdog timer  and the microcomputer can be reset to normal operation  This is equal to or more effective than program  runaway detection by a hardware watchdog timer  The following shows an example of a watchdog timer  provided by software    In the following example  to reset a microcomputer to normal operation  the main routine detects errors of  the interrupt processing routine and the interrupt processing routine detects errors of the main routine   This example assumes that interrupt processing is repeated multiple times in a single main routine processing      lt The main routine gt      Assigns a single byte of RAM to a software watchdog timer  SWDT  and writes the initial value  N in the SWDT once at each execution of the main routine  The initial value N should satisfy the  following condition   N 1  gt   Counts of interrupt processing executed in each main routine   As the main routine execution cycle may change because of an interrupt processing or others   the in
89.  oscillator  clock              Switch the clock division ratio Switch to other mode except an on chip oscillator  selection bits  bits 6 and 7 of CPUM    Select one of 1 1  1 2  and 1 8     Y    Main routine                         Note  After releasing reset the operation starts by starting an on chip oscillator automatically   Do not use an on chip oscillator at ordinary operation        Fig  11 Switching method of CPU mode register       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 13 of 55 3    NE   SAS        09  0178 0300    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Memory   Special function register  SFR  area   The SFR area in the zero page contains control registers such as I O  ports and timers     RAM  RAM is used for data storage and for a stack area of subroutine calls  and interrupts     ROM  The first 128 bytes and the last 2 bytes of ROM are reserved for  device testing and the rest is a user area for storing programs     Interrupt vector area  The interrupt vector area contains reset and interrupt vectors     RAM area    RAM capacity address     bytes  XXXX16    013F 16  01BF16    ROM area    ROM capacity address address   bytes  YYYY16 727716    8192   00016   08016       Fig  12 Memory        diagram       Zero page   The 256 bytes from addresses 000016 to OOFF 16 are called the zero  page area  The internal RAM and the special function registers  SFR   are allocated to this area    The zero page addressing mode can be used to specify memory and  register a
90.  release of the STP instruction  0  Set  0116  in timer1  and  FF16   in prescaler 12 automatically  1  Not set automatically             Reserved bits  return    0    when read    Do not write    1    to these bits                    Not used  return  0  when read     Fig  47 Structure of MISRG       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 40 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Clock division ratio selection bit  Middle speed  High speed  double  speed mode    Prescaler 12       On chip oscillator  mode    Clock division ratio selection bit  Middle speed mode    Timing       Double speed mode  On chip oscillator    On chip oscillator mode   Note 1              High speed mode  Internal clock              Qs 5       STP instruction   WIT R STP instruction  instruction       Reset Note 1  On chip oscillator is used only for starting        gt     2  Although    feed back resistor exists on chip       external feed back  Interrupt disable flag      1   resistor may be needed depending on conditions    Interrupt request    Fig  48 Block diagram of system clock generating circuit  for ceramic resonator           Rev 3 00        23 2006          41 of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    NOTES ON PROGRAMMING NOTES ON USE       NOTES ON PROGRAMMING    Processor Status Register   The contents of the processor status register  PS  after reset are  undefined except for the interrupt disable flag   which is    1     Aft
91.  request Ena   Clear Set  1  Suspend request ble  Suspend request is set to    1    when system enters to state J for 3 ms or more   Suspend request is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register   USB reset request   0  No request Ena  Set   flag 1  Reset request ble Clear    USB reset request is set to    1    when the SEO signal is input for 2 5 us or more   USB reset request is cleared to  0  when the SEO signal is stopped     Token PID 0  SETUP interrupt Ena  Set   determination flag 1  OUT interrupt ble Clear    This flag is set to    1    during no SETUP transaction   This flag is cleared to  0  when PID of SETUP is detected     Token interrupt flag   0  No interrup Ena  Set   1  OUT SETUP token interrupt ble Clear    This flag is set to  1  when OUT or SETUP interrupt occurs   This flag is cleared to    0    after the end of transaction     USB a control 2   USBICON   Address 20 16   b3 b2 bl       poser ero   RD WR RD   WR    Initial value  Endpoint 1 enable 0  Endpoint 1 invalid Ena  Set   Use  1  Endpoint 1 valid ble  Clear  USB reset interrupt   0 USB reset invalid Ena  Set   Use  enable 1 USB reset valid ble  Clear    This flag is invalid in suspend mode  USB reset is always valid in suspend mode     Resume interrupt 0  Resumue invalid Ena  Set   Use   enable 1  Resume valid ble  Clear   Token interrupt 0 Token invalid Ena  Set   Use   enable 1 Token valid ble  Clear   USB enable flag 0 USB invalid Ena  Set   Use  1 USB valid ble  Clear    The internal state
92.  serial l O1 related registers  3                      sse 30  Fig  32 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  4                      sse 31  Fig  33 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  5     32  Fig  34 Structure of serial 1 02 control                                   34  Fig  35 Block diagram of serial       2                    34  Fig  36 Serial 1 02 timing  LSB first                                 35  Fig  37 Structure of A D control register                                   36  Fig  38 Structure of A D conversion register                                                                        36  Fig  39 Block diagram of A D converter                   36  Fig  40 Block diagram of watchdog 1                          37  Fig  41 Structure of watchdog timer control register            37  Fig  42 Example of reset                                2               nennen             38  Fig  43 Timing diagram at reset                          38  Fig  44 Internal status of microcomputer at reset                              39  Fig  45 External circuit of ceramic resonator                                                                  40  Fig  46 External clock input                                       40  Fig  47 Structure  of MISRQ          40  Rev 3 00       23  2006 page 4     9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig     List of figures    48 Block diagram of system clock generating circ
93.  signal line and a resistor and a capacitor    3 4 4 Oscillator concerns  Take care to prevent an oscillator that generates clocks for a microcomputer operation from being affected  by other signals      1  Keeping oscillator away from large current signal lines  Install a microcomputer  and especially an oscillator  as far as possible from signal lines where a  current larger than the tolerance of current value flows       Reason  In the system using a microcomputer  there are signal lines for controlling motors  LEDs  and  thermal heads or others  When a large current flows through those signal lines  strong noise  occurs because of mutual inductance     ane  Mutual            Large    g  XIN  current             Fig  3 4 8 Wiring for a large current signal line       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 30 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise     2  Installing oscillator away from signal lines where potential levels change frequently  Install an oscillator and a connecting pattern of an oscillator away from signal lines where potential  levels change frequently  Also  do not cross such signal lines over the clock lines or the signal lines  which are sensitive to noise       Reason  Signal lines where potential levels change frequently  such as the CNTR pin signal line  may affect  other lines at signal rising edge or falling edge  If such lines cross over a clock line  clock waveforms  may be deformed  which causes a microcomputer
94.  source   Token     USBIR2                   Interrupt by the source except token occurs if            gt  Token processing   SETUP     USBIR2 X XXXXXX2 Interrupt by the source SETUP token occurs if       OUT    Interrupt by the source OUT token occurs if        1     To SETUP token  processing       To OUT token processing       Fig  2 4 19 Example for determination of resume interrupt     2  Clear of suspend request flag  When the request of the suspend interrupt occurs  the suspend request flag is set to    1     After the  suspend state is fixed  the state of this flag is retained during fixed time  13 us    The purpose of this is to retain the internal state until the count source to measure the time  3 ms   until suspend is fixed is updated   Accordingly  the state might not change even if this flag is cleared to    0    immediately after the  suspend request flag is    1    is determined   Clear this flag to    O    after the wait of 13 us or 79 machine cycle  f XIN   6 MHz time  after this flag is    1         3  Determination of SEO signal  In 7534 Group  USB reset and EOP can be distinguished according to the width of the SEO signal   However  there is the time zone which corresponds any on the dividing line of the time of the width of the signal   Moreover  the control in a present state is required because there is a difference in processing by  the state of the device   Accordingly  select the processing method in software by the state of the device   Figure 2 4 
95.  the  power supply is turned off  reset a microcomputer when the supply voltage is less than the recommended  operating conditions and design a system not to cause errors to the system by this unstable operation     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 25 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 15 USB communication    In applications requiring high reliability  we recommend providing the system with protective measures  such as USB function initialization by software or USB reset by the host to prevent USB communication  from being terminated unexpectedly  for example due to external causes such as noise     When USB suspend mode with TTL level on P10  P12  P13 input level selection bit  bit 3 of address 1716   set to    1     suspend current as Icc might be greater than 300 uA as a spec    Countermeasure   There are two countermeasures by software to avoid it as follows    1  Change from TTL input level to CMOS input level for P10  P12  P13 port input    2  Change from TTL input level to CMOS input level before STP instruction in suspend routine   then after RESUME or Remote wake up interrupt  return to TTL input level from CMOS input level   That is shown in Figure 3 3 12     SUSPEND Routine    Configuration to CMOS input    level for P1o  P12  P13 input level  44              xxxxx0xxe Configuration to CMOS    input level for P10  P12  P13  input level     RESUME Routine    Configuration to TTL input level         for P10  P12  P13 inpu
96.  the BRK instruction  The BRK flag in the processor  status register is always    0     When the BRK instruction is used to  generate an interrupt  the processor status register is pushed  onto the stack with the break flag set to    1     The saved processor  status is the only place where the break flag is ever set    6  Index X mode flag  T   When the    flag is    0     arithmetic operations are performed  between accumulator and memory  e g  the results of an  operation between two memory locations is stored in the  accumulator  When the T flag is    1     direct arithmetic operations  and direct data transfers are enabled between memory locations   i e  between memory and memory  memory and I O  and I O and        In this case  the result of an arithmetic operation performed  on data in memory location 1 and memory location 2 is stored in  memory location 1  The address of memory location 1 is  specified by index register X  and the address of memory  location 2 is specified by normal addressing modes    7  Overflow flag  V   The V flag is used during the addition or subtraction of one byte  of signed data  It is set if the result exceeds  127 to  128  When  the BIT instruction is executed  bit 6 of the memory location  operated on by the BIT instruction is stored in the overflow flag    8  Negative flag  N   The N flag is set if the result of an arithmetic operation or data  transfer is negative  When the BIT instruction is executed  bit 7 of  the memory location opera
97.  type Operation Signal format  Suspend Stop of all device function No data transfer for 3 ms  Resume Return of device function K state input reset input in the suspend state          Reset Initialization of USB setting SEO input for 2 5 us or more  Remote wake up  Report of return to other devices     state output for 1 to 15 ms       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 54 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     7  USB interface  In 7534 Group  the USB interface divides one communications line by 2 depending on the contents  of data   Figure 2 4 3 shows the interface of USB     7534 Group    Token  SETUP  IN  OUT    Control transfer Endpoint 0  Token  IN i    Interrupt transfer Endpoint 1  Host system     PC  Hub  Low Speed Function    Note  Transfer direction shows the DATA transmission direction of PID        Fig  2 4 3 USB  L S   interface     8  System configuration of USB  In the system configuration used with the low speed communication device of USB  the host side can  recognize the connection of the low speed communication device by pull up the D pin with the  voltage of 3 0 to 3 6 V and the resistor of 1 5 kQ of communications lines   Figure 2 4 4 shows the example of connecting USB  L S       7534 Group    D  pull up resistor   1 5kQ     Host system    USB cable  for L S     PC  Hub  Untwisted  Unshielded  3 Meters max  Low Speed communication device    Note  Use the USB connector and USB cable specified to the USB specifications        Fig  2 
98. 0        2  36 pin and 32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0                    Fig  2 5 5 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register    Interrupt request register 1  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi         Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1   Address   3C 16           23 2  Bm receive USBIN token  E No interrupt request issued  interrupt request bit   Interrupt request issued  UART transmit USBSETUP    0   No interrupt request issued  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt request issued  Resume INT 1 interrupt  request bit  Note 1   INTo interrupt request bit A No interrupt request issued   Note 2    Interrupt request issued  3   Timer X or key on wake up     No interrupt request issued     interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  4   Timer 1 interrupt request bit  0  No interrupt request issued    1   Interrupt request issued       Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt   0   No interrupt request issued     request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  CNTRo or AD converter 0   No interrupt request issued    interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued                      7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0          These bits can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set   Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disab
99. 0  REJ09B0178 0300    7tENESAS    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 9 SFR memory              3 9 SFR memory map          000016   Port PO  PO  002016   USB interrupt control register  USBICON     000116   Port PO direction register  POD  002116   USB transmit data byte number set register 0  EPOBYTE   000216   Port P1  P1  002216   USB transmit data byte number set register 1                   000316   Port P1 direction register  P1D  002316   USBPID control register 0  EPOPID     000416   Port P2  P2  002416   USBPID control register 1  EP1PID   000516   Port P2 direction register  P2D  002516   USB address register  USBA           000616   Port             002616   USB sequence bit initialization register  INISQ1           000716   Port P3 direction register  P3D  002716   USB control           000916   Port P4 direction register  P4D  002916                    000016 002016 mer          000E16 002  16 mer count source set register  TCSS     000  16 002  16  001016 0030146   Serial 1   2 control register  SIO2CON     001116 003116   Serial 1   2 register  5102                    001316 003316    001616   Pull up control register  PULL  003616  001716   Port P1P3 control register  P1P3C  003716   001816   Transmit Receive buffer register  TB RB  003816  001916   USB status register  USBSTS  UART status register  UARTSTS  003916   Watchdog timer control register  WDTCON    001A16   Serial 1 01 control register  SIO1CON  003A16   Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE     001  16 
100. 00    7534               P07  P10 RxD D   lt      P11 TxD D   lt    27     P12 ScLkK     P13 SDATA      P14 CNT Ro  P20 ANo  lt  gt   P21 ANi       HARDWARE    DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT FOR USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY    2  Connect a capacitor to a device as  close as possible  For the capacitor   a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic  capacitor of 0 22 uF is recommended     116  P34 LED4   15    P33 LED3            M37534M4 XXXGP    M37534E4GP  1 P30 LEDo                     EE         3      P25 AN5     4         P22 AN2      P23 AN3      P24 AN4           Outline PLQPO032GB A      Connect a bypass capacitor to a device  as close as possible  For the capacitor   a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic  capacitor of 1 0 uF is recommended     Reason of    is to reduce the effect by switcing noise of microcomputer to the  analog circuit generating USBVREFOUT output  Use the bigger capacitor and  connect to device at the shortest distance    Reason         is to prevent the instability of the USBVREFOUT output due to    external noise        Fig  57 Handling of Vcc  USBVREFOUT pins of M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534E4GP    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 54 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300    RENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT FOR USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY    P14 CNTRO    gt    P13 SDATA    15  lt  P12 SCLK    16    P11 TxD D     2              gt  P10 RxD D   P21 AN1  lt  gt  P07  NC   0    P22 AN2  lt  gt      5  P23 AN3  lt  gt    04  P24 AN4             P25 AN5       02    26  
101. 006          33 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Interrupt control register 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   Address        16     ee    Bm receive USBIN token   Interrupt disabled E  interrupt enable bit   Interrupt enabled    UART transmit USBSETUP  u   Interrupt disabled   OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt enabled  Resume INT  interrupt enable   INTo interrupt enable bit   Interrupt disabled    Note 2    Interrupt enabled   3   Timer X or key on wake up   Interrupt disabled   interrupt enable bit     Interrupt enabled   4   Timer 1 interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled   1   Interrupt enabled   5   Timer 2 or serial l O2 interrupt   0   Interrupt disabled   enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled   CNTRo or AD converter 0   Interrupt disabled   interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled                            7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Do not write    1    to this bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  2 3 11 Structure of Interrupt control register 1    Rev 3 00      23  2006 page 34 of 78 134    NE SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    2 3 3 Serial I O connection examples   1  Control of peripheral IC equippe
102. 012              2          1     7534               SSANO 18534 100 X NIX  indui jesay indino                42015      02    L                                                              39018 TVNOILLONn       Fig  6 Functional block diagram  PRDP0042BA A package type     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          7 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    PIN DESCRIPTION       PIN DESCRIPTION    Table 1 Pin description                                                          Pin Name Function Function expect a port function  Vcc  Vss Power source  Apply voltage of 4 1 to 5 5 V  4 4 to 5 25 V at USB operating  to Vcc  and 0 V to Vss   VREF Analog reference    Reference voltage input pin for A D converter  voltage  USBVREFOUT   USB reference  Output pin for pulling up a D  line with 1 5      external resistor  voltage output  CNVss CNVss  Chip operating mode control pin  which is always connected to Vss   RESET Reset input  Reset input pin for active  L   XIN Clock input  Input and output pins for main clock generating circuit   Connect a ceramic resonator or quartz crystal oscillator between the XIN and XOUT pins   XOUT Clock output          lf an external clock is used  connect the clock source to the XIN pin and leave the XOUT pin open     00   07      port PO  8 bit I O port   Key input  key on wake up        direction register allows each pin to be individually programmed interrupt input  pins  as either input or output    CMOS 3 state output structure at CMOS compati
103. 0178 0300    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT  A D Converter By repeating the above operations up to the lowest   order bit of the A D conversion register  an analog   A D conversion is started by setting AD conversion value converts into a digital value    completion bit to    0     During A D conversion  internal A D conversion completes at 122 clock cycles  20 34   operations are performed as follows  us at f XIN    6 0 MHz  after it is started  and the   1  After the start of A D conversion  A D conversion result of the conversion is stored into the A D  register goes to  0016   conversion register    2  The highest order bit of A D conversion register Concurrently with the completion of A D conversion   is set to  1   and the comparison voltage Vref is A D conversion interrupt request occurs  so that  input to the comparator  Then  Vref is compared the AD conversion interrupt request bit is set to  with analog input voltage VIN  i    3  As a result of comparison  when Vref  lt  VIN  the  highest order bit of A D conversion register be   comes    1     When Vref  gt  VIN  the highest order  bit becomes    0        Relative formula for a reference voltage VREF of A D converter and Vref    When      0 Vref   0    _ VREF  When n   1 to 1023 Vref   1024 xn    n   the value of A D converter  decimal numeral        Table 10 Change of A D conversion register during A D conversion                                                                             
104. 0300    7534               Stop mode    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT    System enters the stop mode by executing the STP instruction  In the stop mode  the f XIN  oscillation is  stopped  and the internal clock    is stopped  Accordlingly  CPU and the peripheral devices are stopped      1  Stop mode state  Table 11 shows the state at stop mode     Table 11 Stop mode state                               Parameter State Parameter State  Oscillation Stop Watchdog         Stop  CPU Stop RAM State retained      port State retained at STP instruction SFR State retained  Timer 1 and  execution prescaler 12 excepted   Timer At selecting internal count source  CPU register  State retained  Stop   Accumulator  At selecting external count source    Index register X  Operating  only Timer X    Index register Y  UART Stop   Stack pointer  A D conversion   Stop   Program counter  Serial 1 02 At selecting internal synchronous   Processor status register  clock  Stop  At selecting external synchronous  clock  Operating  USB Stop  suspend state         2  Stop mode release  Stop mode is released by reset input or interrupt occurrence  The interrupt sources which can be  used for return from stop mode are shown below     e INTO               e CNTRo      Timer  Timer X  when using external clock      Serial 1 02 when using external clock    Key on wakeup    USB function  resume  reset     When the above interrupt sources are used for return from stop mode  execute the STP instr
105. 0916   Port P4 direction register 002916   Timer 1    1     000A16 002A16   Timer 2  T2   000  16 002  1     Timer    mode register         000  16 002  16   Prescaler     PREX     000016 0020316   Timer X  TX    000E16 002  16   Timer count source set register  TCSS   000  16 002  16   001016 003016   Serial l O2 control register  SIO2CON     001116 003116   Serial l O2 register  5102     001216 003216    001416 00341e   A D control register  ADCON   001516 003516   A D conversion register  low order   ADL     001616   Pull up control register  PULL  003616   A D conversion register  high order   ADH                                                           001716   Port P1P3 control register  P1P3C  003716          001846   Transmit Receive buffer register  TB RB  003816   MISRG  001916   USB status register  USBSTS  UART status register  UARTSTS  003916   Watchdog timer control register  WDTCON     001A 6   Serial 1 01 control register  SIOTCON  003A16   Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   001  1     UART control register  UARTCON  003  16   CPU mode register  CPUM   001  16   Baud rate generator  BRG  003C16   Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1     001Die   USB data toggle synchronization register   TRSYNC  003016                001  16   USB interrupt source discrimination register 1  USBIR1  003E16   Interrupt control register 1  ICON1              001    6   USB interrupt source discrimination register 2  USBIR2  003F16       Fig  13 Memory map of special fun
106. 1 control register   3   The receive interrupt  RI  is set when the RBF flag becomes  1    4  After data is written to the transmit buffer at TSC   1  0 5 to 1 5 cycles of the data shift cycle is necessary until changing to TSC   0     Fig  25 Operation of UART serial 1 01 function          Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          25 of 55  REJ09BO1 78 0300    RENESAS    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION        Serial 1 01 control register  SIO1CON  The serial      1 control register consists of eight control bits for the  serial    1 function      UART control register  UARTCON   The UART control register consists of four control bits  bits O to 3   which        valid when asynchronous serial I O is selected and set the  data format of an data transfer  One bit in this register  bit 4  is al   ways valid and sets the output structure of the P11 TxD pin      UART status register  UARTSTS   The read only UART status register consists of seven flags  bits 0 to  6  which indicate the operating status of the UART function and vari   ous errors  This register functions as the UART status register   UARTSTS  when selecting the UART    The receive buffer full flag  bit 1  is cleared to  0  when the receive  buffer is read    If there is an error  it is detected at the same time that data is trans   ferred from the receive shift register to the receive buffer  and the  receive buffer full flag is set  A write to the UART status register clears  all the error flags OE  PE  FE  and 
107. 1 of 9         5   5          09  0178 0300    Table of contents    7534 Group       2 3 4 Serial I O transfer data format                    37  2 3 5 Serial I O application examples                   38  2 9 6 Notes      serial        tee rt                           ex Ee 49  LIU cp                                 M 50  2 41  OUTING OT USB    cti                                  kx ama        Siem ER see 50  2 4 2 Memory map   icone ce agere E Ee e Rata rarus cr gen Db Re abe dne e ec t a 56  2 4 3 Relevant registers                       57  2 4 4 USB application example                     62  2 4 5 Notes  concerning USB uuu  a uu erret         69  2 9 A D converter         a                                                  71  2 5 1 Memory        au ku                                                                        71  2 5 2                                                       71  2 5 3 A D converter application examples                 75  2 5 4  Notes on A D  converter            ect                 e ehe           a Ee Lu e Eon ds 77  2 6 ROSO na MN E 78  2 6 1 Connection example of reset          78  2 6 2 Notes      RESET pin  iiec eL Re dear uS RR RE SLE ERE TROP e              78    CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX    3 1 Electrical characteristics                              U    u    u    uu    uuu  uu  uu    u                J   T      2  3 1 1 Absolute maximum                                          2  3 1 2 Recommended operating conditions                       
108. 20 shows processing to the width of the signal according to the situation     TKNE  RSME  RSTE 0 us 0 50 us 2 50 us 2 67 us             D pin state i       1 1                Idle state i i                      Keep Alive Reset RSTRQ 1  n Reset RSTRQ 1     1 1       Token phase state 1 Signal ignored FEOPE 1   EOP RxPID 1   EOP RxPID 1  Reset RxPID 0  1 Reset RSTRQ 1     Data Handshake 0 Signal ignored FEOPE 1   EOP EOP 1  EOP RSTRQ OJ Reset RSTRQ 1    Reset RSTRQ 1   phase state       Suspend state 0   Reset RSTRQ 1  Resume RSTRQ 0        Note  Each active state represents the processing is required in    H    state     Fig  2 4 20 Processing for width of SEO signal       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 69 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     4  USB communication  In applications requiring high reliability  we recommend providing the system with protective measures  such as USB function initialization by software or USB reset by the host to prevent USB communication  from being terminated unexpectedly  for example due to external causes such as noise      5  USB suspend current   When USB suspend mode with TTL level on P10  P12  P13 input level selection bit  bit 3 of address   1716  set to    1     suspend current as Icc might be greater than 300 uA as a spec     Countermeasure    There are two countermeasures by software to avoid it as follows     1  Change from TTL input level to CMOS input level for P10  P12  P13 port input     2  Chan
109. 3      0 65  0 8   0 95                 045  L         0 5  07  Rev 3 00        23  2006          53 of 70  2          1 5          09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 6 Package outline       PLQP0032GB A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     JEITA Package Code RENESAS Code Previous Code MASS Typ    P LQFP32 7x7 0 80 PLQP0032GB A 32P6U A 0 29    Ho           2 D       24 17  i NOTE   1  DIMENSIONS   1  AND   2      S i co DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH   25 46 2  DIMENSION   3  DOES         INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET   bp  bi  ul pl               IReference  Dimension in Millimeters     Symbol   Min   Nom           D   69  7 0   7 1  Terminal cross section E 69170 74       E       2 984       Az         14                 8 8   9 0   92           88   90   92  1    A    1   1417  2 Index mark A 0 01102  F        1    bp   0 32   0 37   0 42  J b          035       c        0 09  0 145  0 20  f   N zl tote    0 125     
110. 3  3 3 10 Termination of unused Ping                     24  3 3 11 Notes      CPU mode                                     25  3 3 12 Notes on using 32 pin                                       25  3 3 13 Electric characteristic differences among mask ROM and One Time PROM version MCUs     25  3 3 14 Note on power source voltage                               25  3 39 15 USB communication    1 citi err e enh ead eae visions 26   3 4 Countermeasures against noise                           u u u uu    uu  u  uu    u            27  3 4 1 Shortest wiring length                                            27  3 4 2 Connection of bypass capacitor across Vss line and Voc line                                   29  3 4 3 Wiring to analog input                                        30   Rev 3 00       23  2006 page 2 of 9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    Table of contents    7534 Group  3 4 4  Oscillator                                                                           RANEES RINES 30  3 4 5 Setup  for                           ee                                  32  3 4 6 Providing of watchdog timer function by software                                                       33  3 5 List of teglIStets                2 iii  rotae i ane Yu aUe                                 34  3 6 Package outline                                      11e                  erre eer nnne               tnn manat nnnm                   nnn nn tnn nant 53  3 7 List of instruction code                     
111. 3 00 Oct 23 2006          8 of 70         5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    Measuring condition  At STP instruction execution  at stop   Typical sample  Ta   25   C     lt   c          s       o  2     2  o  o  o     2  o  o  a                    40 45    Power source voltage Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 3 Icc Vcc characteristic example  At STP instruction execution  Ta   25   C     Measuring condition  At STP instruction execution  at stop   Typical sample  Ta   85   C     lt          2             2      5              e  2      o                n     40 45    Power source voltage Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 4 Icc Vcc characteristic example  At STP instruction execution  Ta   85          Rev 3 00        23 2006 page 9 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    Measuring condition  At STP instruction execution  at USB suspend    output current from USBVREFOUT pin included   Typical sample  Ta   25   C  USBVREFOUT   3 29 V    Power source current Icc  uA     4 5 5 0  Power source voltage Vcc  V     Fig  3 2 5               characteristic example  at USB suspend  Ta   25   C        Measuring condition  A D conversion executed not executed  f Xin    6MHz  in double speed mode    Typical sample  Ta   25   C  At ceramic oscillation    During A D conversion    During not A D conversion     lt    amp              c  o  2      2  o  o      2  2  o  o      o  z  o  A    4 0 45    Power source volta
112. 3 Table 8 32P6U A added  Name of Programming Adapter revised    00   00    2 Jun  21  2004        pages   Words standardized  On chip oscillator  A D converter  Electric Characteristic Difference Among Mask ROM and One Time PROM  Version MCUs added   Note on Power Source Voltage added   DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ORDERS revised   3 3 12 Electric Characteristic Difference Among Mask ROM and One Time  PROM Version MCUs   3 3 13 Note on Power Source Voltage added   32P6U A revised     Re          3 Oct  23  2006   All pages   Package names    36P2R A         PRSP0036GA     revised  Package names    32P6U A           PLQP0032GB A    revised  Package names    42P4B                     42         revised   USB Spec  Rev 1 1           Low Speed USB2 0 specification    revised  Clock Generating Circuit     No external resistor is needed      resistor exists on   chip            No external resistor is needed      depending on conditions    Fig  45  Pulled up added  NOTE added  Fig  48  NOTE 2 added  NOTES ON PROGRAMMING  Watchdog Timer added  NOTES ON USE  USB Communication added  NOTES ON USE  Note on A D Converter added  2 4 1 Transfer type     Hi Speed function  H S     added  2 4 5  USB Communication added  2 5 4  3  Method to stabilize A D Converter added     1 2     REVISION HISTORY 7534 Group User   s Manual    Summary    3 3 3  3  Method to stabilize A D Converter  3 3 4 Notes on watchdog timer   3 3 15 USB Communication added   3 6 Package outline revised          RENESAS 8 BIT 
113. 31 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  3        b6   CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    b7   CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Clear       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 30 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   USB sequence bit initialization register   INISQ1  address 002616     A sequence bit of endpoint 1 is initialized   CPU read  Disabled  CPU write  Dummy  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Not used    USB control register   USBCON  address 002716     Not used  return    1    when read       CPU read  Disabled  USBVREFOUT output valid flag CPU write  Set Clear  0  Output off    Hardware read  Used  1  Output on Hardware write  Not used    CPU read  Disabled  Remote wake up request flag CPU write  Set    0  No request Hardware read  Used  1  Remote wake up request Hardware write  Clear    UART status register   UARTSTS  address 001916     Transmit buffer empty flag  0  Buffer full  1  Buffer empty    Receive buffer full flag        read               write  Disable     E empty Hardware read  Not used     Bu B Hardware write  Set Clear    Transmit shift regi
114. 4 4 USB  L S   connection example    Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          55 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 24 USB    2 4 2 Memory map    001816   lransmit Receive buffer register  TB RB   001916   USB status register  USBSTS     001A16  Serial      1 control register  SIO1CON     Ww          002616   USB sequence bit initialization register        5  1   002716   USB control register  USBCON     003  16   Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1       A    003E ie   Interrupt control register 1  ICON1       Y y       Fig  2 4 5 Memory map of registers relevant to USB    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 56 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB       2 4 3 Relevant registers  In this section  the contents of control are described as follows       Transmit Receive buffer     Setting to enable disable of each function including USB communication and interrupts    Determination of USB communication error occurrence     Setting to stage and handshake by unit of endpoint     Auto determination of self address of USB device    Figure 2 4 6 shows the description of the register structure  and Figure 2 4 7 to Figure 2 4 10 show the  register structures relevant to USB     Register name   Symbol    Address   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2            l l l T T      Initial value      ymbol of bit name      po   I    X  Initial value undfined  Remarks    CPU RD  Read from CPU  Enable  Read enabled    CPU WR  Write from CPU  Set Clear  Write    0        1    enab
115. 5 2 Relevant registers    A D control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 61 bO            A D control register  ADCON   Address   3416                  Function    Analog input pin selection bits   b2 b  60       T          0  P2o ANo  1   P21 AN1  0   P22 AN2  1   P23 AN3  0   P24 AN4  1  0  1      P25 AN5         P2e AN6    P27 AN7          C O                3   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value       0        4   AD conversion completion bit 0   onversion in progress 1  1   Conversion completed  Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits                      When these bits are read out  the values are    0              Note  P26 ANe  P27 AN7        be selected in the 36 pin and 42 pin versions       This bit can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set to    1           Fig  2 5 2 Structure of A D control register    Rev 3 00        23 2006 page 71 of 78 ztENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    A D conversion register  high order   b7 66 25 b4 63 b2 61 bO    Em A D conversion register  high order   ADH   Address   3616        The read only register in which the A D conversion s results are  stored      lt  10 bit read gt        Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits   When these bits are read out  the values are    0                                Fig  2 5 3 Structure of A D conversion register  high order     A D
116. 6 or  more pulses input in the condition  of Timer X   255        Fig  2 2 19 Relevant registers setting       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          24 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    RESET    Initialization   X  This bit is not used here  Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary   SEI  All interrupts disabled    INTEDGE address     16   bits       0  Timer X interrupt selected        address 2B16        000011102  Timer X operating mode   Event counter mode   address 281  Count a falling edge of pulses input from CNTR o pin     address 291  Set division ratio so that Timer 1 interrupt will occur at   address 2C 2 ms intervals     address 2D    address       Timer 1 interrupt enabled    Timer X interrupt disabled        address 2  16   bit3       0  Timer X count start     Interrupts enabled    Timer 1 interrupt process routine    CLT  Note 1  Note 1  When using Index X mode flag  T   CLD  Note 2  Note 2  When using Decimal mode flag  D   Push registers to stack  Push registers used in interrupt process routine    IREQ1  address 3C 16   bit3 2  Process as out of range when the count value is 256 or more     Read the count value   AJ E TA address EDS   Store the count value into Accumulator         In range i  214  lt   A   lt  228                   the read value with    reference value   Store the comparison result to  Out of range flag Fpulse             0 Fpulse       1          TX  address 2016        256 1  Initialize the counter value  I
117. 7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use     4  Serial 1 02 transmit receive shift completion flag    The transmit receive shift completion flag of the serial 1 02 control register is set to    1    after completing  transmit receive shift  In order to set this flag to  0   write data  dummy data at reception  to the  serial 1   2 register by program            7 of the serial 1 02 control register is set to    1    a half cycle  of the shift clock  earlier than  completion of shift operation  Accordingly  when using this bit to confirm shift completion  a half  cycle or more of the shift clock must pass after confirming that this bit is set to    1     before performing  read write to the serial 1 02 register     3 3 3 Notes on A D converter     1  Analog input pin  Make the signal source impedance for analog input low  or equip an analog input pin with an external  capacitor of 0 01uF to 1uF  Further  be sure to verify the operation of application products on the  user side       Reason  An analog input pin includes the capacitor for analog voltage comparison  Accordingly  when  signals from signal source with high impedance are input to an analog input pin  charge and  discharge noise generates  This may cause the A D conversion precision to be worse      2  Clock frequency during A D conversion  The comparator consists of a capacity coupling  and a charge of the capacity will be lost if the clock  frequency is too low  Thus  make sure the following during an A D conversion     f XIN  
118. 9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer 1  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 61 00    Timer 1  T1   Address   29 16      Set a count value of timer 1                      value set in this register is written to both timer 1 and timer 1   latch at the same time  EREE   When this register is read out  the timer 1 s count value is read   u                                      Fig  2 2 3 Structure of Timer 1    Timer 2  57 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 50  Timer 2  T2   Address   2A 16      Set a count value of timer 2                    value set in this register is written to both timer 2 and timer 2   latch at the same time            When this register is read out  the timer 2 5 count value is read      F                       Fig  2 2 4 Structure of Timer 2    Rev 3 00        23 2006 page 11 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer X  b7 b6 b5 b4 63 b2 61 00    Timer X  TX   Address   2D 16      Set a count value of timer X                  value set in this register is written to both timer X and timer X  latch at the same time   Xe   When this register is read out  the timer X s count value is read                                                               Fig  2 2 5 Structure of Timer       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 12 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer X mode register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Timer X mode register  TM   Address   2B 16       paier mode    Pulse output mode    Event
119. Address   2A 16      Set a count value of timer 2                  value set in this register is written to both timer 2 and timer 2   latch at the same time                      this register is read out  the timer 275 count value is read       EAE             Fig  3 5 24 Structure of Timer 2    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          44 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Timer X mode register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Timer X mode register  TM   Address   2B 16       Aine mode    Pulse output mode    Event counter mode    Pulse width measurement  mode  The function depends on the  operating mode    Refer to Table 3 5 1    pr  ERE                                          Fig  3 5 25 Structure of Timer    mode register    Table 3 5 1 CNTRo active edge switch bit function    Timer X operation modes CNTRo active edge switch bit  bit 2 of address 2Bis  contents  Timer mode    0     CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge    No influence to timer count   1             interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge    No influence to timer count   0  Pulse output start  Beginning at          level  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge  Pulse output start  Beginning at  L  level  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge   O  Timer X  Rising edge count  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge   1  Timer X  Falling edge count  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge   0  Timer X     H    level width meas
120. B16        000010012  Stop            output  Stop piezoelectric buzzer output  TX  address 2D16        94     1  Set  division ratio     1  to Timer X and Prescaler X  PREX  address 2  16       1 1          Main processing    Output unit  Process piezoelectric buzzer request  generated during  Yes main processing  in output unit       Piezoelectric buzzer request      TM  address 2  16   bit3       1 TM  address 2  16   bit3  lt     0  TX  address 2D 16   lt   94 1  Start piezoelectric buzzer output       Stop piezoelectric buzzer output                Fig  2 2 17 Control procedure       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          22 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer     4  Timer application example 3  Frequency measurement  Outline  The following two values are compared to judge whether the frequency is within a valid  range        value by counting pulses input to P14 CNTRo pin with the timer         reference value  Specifications            pulse is input to the P14 CNTRo        and counted by the timer            count value is read out at about 2 ms intervals  the timer 1 interrupt interval   When the count value is 28 to 40  it is judged that the input pulse is valid    Because the timer is    down counter  the count value is compared with 227 to 215   Note      Note  227     215   255  initial value of counter      28 to 40  the number of valid count     Figure 2 2 18 shows the judgment method of valid invalid of input pulses  Figure 2 2 19 sh
121. Bit 2 definition    Bit 2 definition    INTO                  Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006          52 of 55 RENESAS       Bit 1 definition     UART transmission  USB  except           Bit 2 not available       HARDWARE    7534 Group DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT FOR USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY    DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT FOR USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY    P12 SCLK       P11 TxD D   P13 SDATA     gt  P10 RxD D     P14 CNTRo    gt    07    2                          21         lt  gt  POs  P22 AN2  lt  gt          P23 AN3  lt  gt          P24 AN4  lt  gt    02  P25 AN5            P26 AN6             P27 AN7     USBVREFOUT  VREF      RESET      CNVss      Vcc  XIN     gt   XOUT  lt      Vss    dd83v     S      IN  d4XXX vINTESZEIN    Outline PRSPO036GA       Connect a bypass capacitor to a device   Connect a capacitor to a device as  as close as possible  For the capacitor  close as possible  For the capacitor   a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic a ceramic capacitor or an electrolytic  capacitor of 1 0 uF is recommended  capacitor of 0 22 uF is recommended     Reason of    is to reduce the effect by switcing noise of microcomputer to the  analog circuit generating USBVREFOUT output  Use the bigger capacitor and  connect to device at the shortest distance    Reason of Q is to prevent the instability of the USBVREFOUT output due to  external noise        Fig  56 Handling of Vcc  USBVREFOUT pins of M37534M4 XXXFP  M37534E8FP    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 53 of 55          5   5        09  0178 03
122. EOP flag  FEOPE  set     Time is out with EOP not detected at data phase or handshake phase  This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     False EOP error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  False EOP error ble    This bit is set to    1    when the phase is not completed normally   This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     CRC error flag 0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  CRC error ble    This bit is set to    1    when the CRC error occurs at the same timing of EOP detection  flag   This bit is to  0  cleared by writing dummy to this register     PID error flag 0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  PID error ble    Setting condition of this flag to    1    is as follows              of DATAO      DATA1 cannot be detected at data phase after OUT or SETUP  token     ACK PID cannot be received at handshake phase during IN transaction    This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     Bit stuffing error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  Bit stuffing error ble    This bit is set to    1    when bit stuffing error occurs at data phase or handshake phase   This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     Summing error flag   0  No error Ena   Clear Set  1  Summing error ble    This bit is set to  1  when any error of FEOPE  CRCE  PIDE  or BSTFE occurs   This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     Receive buffer full 0  Buffer empty Ena  Set   flag 1  Buffer full ble Clear  This bit is se
123. FFD16         16   At reset input Non maskable  UART receive 2 FFFB16 FFFA16 At completion of UART data receive Valid in UART mode  USB IN token At detection of IN token Valid in USB mode  UART transmit 3 FFF916 FFF816   At completion of UART transmit shift or Valid in UART mode  when transmit buffer is empty  USB SETUP OUT token At detection of SETUP OUT token or Valid in USB mode  Reset Suspend Resume At detection of Reset  Suspend  Resume  INT1  Note 3  At detection of either rising or falling edge External interrupt  of INT1 input  active edge selectable   INTo  Note 4  4 FFF716 FFF616 At detection of either rising or falling edge External interrupt  of INTo input  active edge selectable   Timer X 5 FFF516 FFF416 At timer X underflow  Key on wake up At falling of conjunction of input logical External interrupt  valid at falling   level for port PO  at input   Timer 1 6 FFF316 FFF216   At timer 1 underflow STP release timer underflow  Timer 2 7 FFF116 FFFO16 At timer 2 underflow  Serial 1 02 At completion of transmit receive shift  CNTRo 8         16         16   At detection of either rising      falling edge External interrupt  active edge  of CNTRo input selectable   A D conversion At completion of A D conversion  BRK instruction 9 FFED16 FFECis   At BRK instruction execution Non maskable software interrupt                Note 1  Vector addressed contain internal jump destination addresses   2  Reset function in the same way as an interrupt with the highest priority   3
124. Fig  2 1 9 Relevant registers setting                      6  Fig  2 1 10 Application circuit                           6          2 1 11  Control procedure    cett he                              7  Fig  2 2 1 Memory        of registers relevant to 1                                        10  Fig  2 2 2 Structure of Prescaler 12  Prescaler                         10  Fig  2 2 3 Structure  of Timer Tu  ua e Pu star                                  11  Fig  2 2 4 Str  cture of TIMOR 2                          tegat er pesetas rx                           11  Fig  2 25 Str  ct  re of Timer X  u uu               tuat aaa              id Lu adu           12  Fig  2 2 6 Structure of Timer X mode                                    13  Fig  2 2 7 Structure of Timer count source set                                  14  Fig  2 2 8 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register              14  Fig  2 2 9 Structure of Interrupt request register 1    15  Fig  2 2 10 Structure of Interrupt control register 1            sss 15  Fig  2 2 11 Timers connection and setting of division                                           17  Fig  2 2 12 Relevant registers setting                                                                       18  Fig   2 2 13 Control DrOCeQUre   tte ee      es                                       19  Fig  2 2 14 Peripheral circuit                              20  Fig  2 2 15 Timers connection and setting of division ratios                   20  Fig  2 2 16 Relevan
125. IN token interrupt of DATA0 1 is valid   01xx  STALL handshake is valid for IN token   00xx  NAK handshake is valid for IN token   xxx1  STALL handshake is valid for OUT token  Note   xx10  ACK handshake is valid for OUT token   xx00  NAK handshake is valid for OUT token       x  any data       Set a number of data byte for transmitting with endpoint 0     Set a number of data byte for transmitting with endpoint 1     CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    b4  b5  b6   CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    b7   CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Clear    Note  In the status stage of the control read transfer  when PID  of data packet   DATAO  incorrect PID   this bit is set forcibly    by hardware and STALL handshake is valid        USB PID control register 1   EP1PID  address 002416                                                     Not used  return    1    when read           Endpoint 1 PID selection flag   1x  IN token interrupt of DATAO  is valid  01  STALL handshake is valid for IN token  00  NAK handshake is valid for IN token    x  any data       USB address register   USBA  address 002516     Set an address allocated by the USB host   CPU read  Disabled  CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used                                                       Not used  returns    1    when read        Fig  
126. ION SUPPLEMENT FOR  USE OF USB FUNCTION STABLY    7534 Group    HARDWARE    DESCRIPTION FEATURES APPLICATION PIN CONFIGURATION       DESCRIPTION   The 7534 Group is the 8 bit microcomputer based on the 740 family  core technology    The 7534 Group has a USB  8 bit timers  and an A D converter  and  is useful for an input device for personal computer peripherals     FEATURES  e Basic machine language instructions                                         69  e The minimum instruction execution time                            0 34 us     at 6 MHz oscillation frequency for the shortest instruction      Memory size    ROM iiir eras 8K to 16K bytes          nitus 256 to 384 bytes      Programmable I O ports                                        28  36        type     PE        24  32 pin type    RA 33  42 pin type       nterrupts   unen                            14 sources  8 vectors  DUC           8 bit X 3       PIN CONFIGURATION  TOP VIEW       12               P13 SDATA    gt   P14 CNTRo        P20 ANo      P21 AN1      P22 AN2  lt  gt   P23 AN3    gt   P24 AN4      P25 AN5    lt  gt     26             P27 AN7    VREF     gt   RESET      CNVss         lt         N  C1        D  m        T  U    ddXXX vINTESZEIN      Serial Interface    Serial VOT                                  used only for Low Speed      USB   based on Low Speed USB2 0 specification     USB UART    Serial                     eit Perte 8 bit X 1   Clock synchronized    e A D converter La u                   
127. IPTION       FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION   Central Processing Unit  CPU    The 7534 group uses the standard 740 family instruction set  Refer to  the table of 740 family addressing modes and machine instructions or  the 740 Family Software Manual for details on the instruction set   Machine resident 740 family instructions are as follows    The FST and SLW instructions cannot be used    The MUL and DIV instructions cannot be used    The WIT and STP instructions can be used    The central processing unit  CPU  has the six registers     Accumulator  A   The accumulator is an 8 bit register  Data operations such as data  transfer  etc   are executed mainly through the accumulator     Index register X  X   Index register Y  Y    Both index register X and index register Y are 8 bit registers  In the  index addressing modes  the value of the OPERAND is added to the  contents of register X or register Y and specifies the real address   When the T flag in the processor status register is set to    1     the value  contained in index register X becomes the address for the second  OPERAND     Stack pointer  S    The stack pointer is an 8 bit register used during sub routine calls and  interrupts  The stack is used to store the current address data and  processor status when branching to subroutines or interrupt routines   The lower eight bits of the stack address are determined by the con   tents of the stack pointer  The upper eight bits of the stack address are  determined by the Stack Pa
128. LB  and SEB and read modify write instructions of direction registers  for calculations such as ROR   For setting direction registers  use the LDM instruction  STA in   struction  etc      As for the 36 pin version  set  1  to each bit 6 of the port P3 direc   tion register and the port P3 register      As for the 32 pin version  set    1    to respective bits 5  6  7 of the port  P3 direction register and port P3 register     A D Converter   The comparator uses internal capacitors whose charge will be lost if  the clock frequency is too low    Make sure that           is 500kHz or more during A D conversion    Do not execute the STP instruction during A D conversion     Watchdog Timer   The internal reset may not be generated correctly in the middle speed  mode  depending on the underflow timing of the watchdog timer   When using the watchdog timer  operate the MCU in any mode other  than the middle speed mode  i e   high speed  low speed or double   speed mode      Instruction Execution Timing   The instruction execution time can be obtained by multiplying the  frequency of the internal clock    by the number of cycles mentioned  in the machine language instruction table    The frequency of the internal clock    is the same as that of the  Xin in double speed mode  twice the Xin cycle in high speed  mode and 8 times the Xin cycle in middle speed mode     Note on stack page   When 1 page is used as stack area by the stack page selection bit   the area which can be used as st
129. MX   M C tents of M and the complement of C from the  contents of M X   and stores the results in  M X  and C   A remain unchanged  but status flag are  changed   M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        Ai or Mi     1 This instruction sets the designated bit i of A  or M        This instruction sets C        This instruction set D        This instruction set 1        This instruction set T        This instruction stores the contents of A in M   The contents of A does not change        This instruction resets the oscillation control F   F and the oscillation stops  Reset or interrupt  input is needed to wake up from this mode        This instruction stores the contents of X in M   The contents of X does not change           This instruction stores the contents of Y in M   The contents of Y does not change        This instruction stores the contents of A in X   The contents of A does not change        This instruction stores the contents of A in Y   The contents of A does not change        This instruction tests whether the contents of  M are  0  or not and modifies the N and Z        This instruction transfers the contents of S in  X        This instruction stores the contents of X in A        This instruction stores the contents of X in S        This instruction stores the contents of Y in A        The WIT instruction stops the internal clock  but not the oscillation of the oscillation circuit  is not stopped    CPU starts its function after the
130. O functions       For receiving  set    O    to bit 3      When receiving  bit 7 is cleared by writing dummy data to serial 1   O2 register after shift is completed      Bit 7 is set earlier a half cycle of shift clock than completion of shift  operation  Accordingly  when checking shift completion by using  this bit  the setting is as follows     1  check that this bit is set to  1     2  wait a half cycle of shift clock    3  read write to serial 1   2 register           SCLK pin  selection bit    SCLK       Serial 1   2 control register   SIO2CON  address 003016                                               Internal synchronous clock selection bits  000   f XIN  8  001   f XIN  16     XIN   010   f XIN  32  011   f XIN  64  110   f XIN  128  111   f XIN  256  SDATA pin selection bit  Note   0   I O port SDATA input  1   SDATA output    Not used   returns    0    when read              Transfer direction selection bit  0  LSB first  1  MSB first  SCLK pin selection bit  0   External clock  SCLK is an input   1   Internal clock  SCLK is an output   Transmit   receive shift completion flag  0   shift in progress  1   shift completed          Note   When using it as an SDATA input  set the port P13  direction register to  0      Fig  34 Structure of serial 1 02 control registers    Data bus    Internal synchronous  clock selection bits       SCLK pin selection bit   v  P12 latch       Serial I O counter 2  3     Serial 1 02  interrupt request       SDATA pin selection bit     
131. POD address 0116   lt   XXXXXXX02  Setting of port        for communication control          UARTSTS  address 1916             Confirmation of reception completion       Receive buffer full flag     1      Data receception of the first byte  This read causes Receive buffer full flag  to be cleared to    0        Read out received data from  RB  address 1816      Error flag check  UARTSTS  address 1916   616 2             Confirmation of reception  UARTSTS  address 1916   bit1   completion     Receive buffer full flag        1     Data receception of the second  Read out received data from byte    RB  address 1816  This read causes Receive    buffer full flag to be cleared to     0          k  UARTSTS  address 1916   bit6   Errar f  g cheg  gt     Error process                PO  address 0016   bitO      0    SIO1CON  address 1A16        11XXXXXX2                   1 01 cleared    SIO1CON  address 1  16   lt     00            2                 l O1 disabled Countermeasure for a bit slip   Serial    1 clear procedure     SIO1CON  address 1A16        101000012  Serial l O1 enabled                Fig  2 3 27 Control procedure of reception side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          48 of 78 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    2 3 6 Notes on serial         1  Handling of clear the serial 1   1    When serial 1 01 is set again or the transmit receive operation is stopped restarted while serial    1  is operating  clear the serial      1 a
132. Ports   20   27                m gt  Direction register      Y       Direction register                                                     93  J gt                     Data bus    7171 Port latch  gt           bus           Port latch           se output       A D converter input  Timer               Analog input pin selection bit  CNTRo interrupt input                      7                               9  Ports   36  P37   8  Ports P3o P35         Pull up control    Direction register     9  Direction register    Databus     7 Portlatch  7   Data bus     t Port latch    94 P37 INTo input  level selection bit    INT interrupt input     I    Pull up control                                                                                                                    10  Ports P15  P16    4    P41                Direction register                                         Data bus           Port latch                    P10  P12  P13  P36  P37 input levels are switched to the CMOS TTL level by the port P1P3 control register   When the TTL level is selected  there is no hysteresis characteristics        Fig  17 Block diagram of ports  2        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 19 of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Interrupts  Interrupts occur by 14 different sources   4 external sources  9 inter   nal sources and 1 software source     Interrupt control   All interrupts except the BRK instruction interrupt have an interrup
133. REJ09B0178 0300     2          1 5    7534                                                                                 Transmit buffer register   TB  address 001816     HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION    After setting data to address 001816  a content of the  transmit buffer register transfers to the transmit shift    register automatically   CPU read  Disabled  CPU write  Set Clear  Hardware read  Used  Hardware write  Not used    Receive buffer register   RB  address 001816     By reading data from address 001816  a content of the    receive buffer register can be read out     CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    USB status register   USBSTS  address 001916     Transmit buffer empty flag  0  Buffer full  1  Buffer empty    EOP detection flag  0  Not detected  1  Detect    False EOP error flag  0  No error  1  False EOP error    CRC error flag  0  No error  1  CRC error    PID error flag  0  No error  1  PID error    Bit stuffing error flag  0  No error  1  Bit stuffing error    Summing error flag  0  No error  1  Summing error    Receive buffer full flag  0  Buffer empty  1  Buffer full       Fig  29 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  1     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 28 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300    7tENESAS       CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Clear  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set    CPU read  Enab
134. REQ1  address 3C 16   bit3       0  Clear Timer X interrupt request bit    Process judgment result    Pop registers  Pop registers pushed to stack       RTI       Fig  2 2 20 Control procedure       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 25 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer     5  Timer application example 4  Measurement of FG pulse width for motor  Outline  The timer X counts the    H    level width of the pulses input to the P14 CNTRo pin  An  underflow is detected by the timer X interrupt and an end of the input pulse    H    level is  detected by the CNTRo interrupt   Specifications            timer X counts the  H  level width of the FG pulse input to the P14 CNTRo pin       Example    When the clock frequency is 6 00 MHz  the count source is 2 7 us  which is obtained by dividing  the clock frequency by 16  Measurement can be made up to 174 ms in the range of FFFF e to  000016     Figure 2 2 21 shows the timers connection and setting of division ratio  Figure 2 2 22 shows the  relevant registers setting  Figure 2 2 23 shows the control procedure     Timer X count source Timer X interrupt  selection bit Prescaler X Timer X request bit    f XiN    6 00 MHz 1 16 1 256 1 256       174 ms    0   No interrupt request issued  1   Interrupt request issued       Fig  2 2 21 Timers connection and setting of division ratios    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 26 of 78 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Interrupt edge selec
135. Reset address from the       Data    vector table    8 13 clock cycles Notes 1   An on chip oscillator applies about 250 kHz frequency as clock f at average of Vcc   5 V   2   The mark         means that the address is changeable depending on the previous state   3   These are all internal signals except RESET    Fig  43 Timing diagram at reset          Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          38 of 55 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Port PO direction register  Port P1 direction register  Port P2 direction register  Port P3 direction register  Port P4 direction register  Pull up control register  USB UART status register  Serial l O1 control register    UART control register                   I                                1   1                        1                                                          USB interrupt control register    2  3  4  5  6  USBPID control register 0  7  USBPID control register 1  8  USB address register   9                                  20  USB control register  21  Prescaler 12  22  Timer 1  23  Timer 2  24  Timer X mode register  25  Prescaler X  26  Timer X  27  Timer count source set register  28  Serial 1   2 control register  29  A D control register  30  MISRG  31  Watchdog timer control register  32  Interrupt edge selection register  33  CPU mode register  34  Interrupt request register 1  35  Interrupt control register 1  36  Processor status register        37  Program counter    Fi
136. SB Vcc BUS        ANo to                   USBVREFOUT  2    0 01to1pF               7534 Group                                  0 1 to 1 pF         Recommends for A D accuracy    Fig  50 Method to stabilize A D conversion accuracy     b  It is recommended for A D accuracy to avoid converting while  USB communication  and use average value of several con   verted values     DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ORDERS  The following are necessary when ordering a mask ROM produc   tion      1  Mask ROM Order Confirmation Form    2  Mark Specification Form    3  Data to be written to ROM  in EPROM form   three identical copies       For the mask ROM confirmation and the mark specifications   refer to the    Renesas Technology Corp     Homepage   http   www renesas com         Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 43 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300             5   5    HARDWARE  7534 Group       ROM PROGRAMMING METHOD   The built in PROM of the blank One Time PROM version can be  read or programmed with a general purpose PROM programmer us   ing a special programming adapter  Set the address of PROM pro   grammer in the user ROM area     Table 8 Special programming adapter             _______                          of Programming Adapter    PLQP0032GB A PCA7435GPG03  PRSP0036GA A PCA7435FP  PCA7435FPG02  PRDP0042BA A PCA7435SP  PCA7435SPG02    The PROM of the blank One Time PROM version is not tested or  screened in the assembly process and following processes  To en   sure proper operation after programming  t
137. SE  bit 3 to bit 6  respectively    Writing    0    to the serial      1 mode selection bits MOD1 and MODO   bit 7 and 6 of the Serial 1 01 control register   also clears all the  status flags  including the error flags    All bits of the serial l O1 status register are initialized to  8116  at  reset  but if the transmit enable bit  bit 4  of the serial 1 01 control  register has been set to    1     the continuous transmit valid bit  bit 2   becomes    1         Transmit Receive buffer register  TB RB   The transmit buffer and the receive buffer are located at the same  address  The transmit buffer is write only and the receive buffer is  read only  If a character bit length is 7 bit  the MSB of data stored in  the receive buffer is  0          Baud Rate Generator  BRG   The baud rate generator determines the baud rate for serial transfer   The baud rate generator divides the frequency of the count source  by 1  n   1   where n is the value written to the baud rate generator        Transmit Receive Clock    Transmit Buffer Register          Write Signal          Serial Output TXD    1 Start Bit  c 7 or 8 Data Bit                             1 or 0 Parity Bit   1 or 2 Stop Bit    Notes 1   When the serial    1 mode selection bits  67  b6  is    10     the transmit enable bit is  1   and continuous transmit valid bit is    1     writing on the  transmit buffer initiates continuous transmission of the same data   2   Select 0 for continuous transmit valid bit to stop continuou
138. SINGLE CHIP MICROCOMPUTER  USER   S MANUAL  7534 Group    Publication Data   Rev 1 00 Nov 24  2000  Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006   Published by   Sales Strategic Planning Div   Renesas Technology Corp        2006  Renesas Technology Corp   All rights reserved  Printed in Japan     7534 Group  User   s Manual                 5  5    Renesas Electronics Corporation  1753  Shimonumabe  Nakahara ku  Kawasaki shi  Kanagawa 211 8668 Japan REJO9B0178 0300    
139. TOP VIEW     P24 AN4      P25 AN5        2             P27 AN7      P40      P41     VREF     gt   RESET      CNVss      Vcc  XIN      XOUT        dS893F8SZECIN  dSXXX VINVESZEW    SSUrESZEW    HARDWARE    PIN CONFIGURATION    P13 SDATA   P12 SCLK   P11 TxD D    P10 RxD D    P07     06     05     04   P03     02                    USBVREFOUT   P37 INTo   INT1    Outline 4251    PRDPO0042BA A  42           Fig  3 Pin configuration of M37534RSS  M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534E8SP    Rev 3 00       23  2006 page 4 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS       HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL BLOCK    7534 Group    FUNCTIONAL BLOCK    Od             1                oF  5 069     x             ia      dn                                                             gud            uod        d                       mma                    Y     01                                                                    BIB             yesoy                                                9  x                           8  z            8  1               8                                                                                       2015                   C      6                      SSANO 18534  indui jeseg     V v59e00dSud                  NVHDVIG 429018                       Inox NIX  indino                42019       Fig  4 Functional block diagram  PRSP0036GA A package type              5   5    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          5 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL BLOCK    7534 Group  
140. Table 2 4 4 PID                                        Packet  PID            Bit structure Processing  type  bits 3 to 0    Token 11012 The processing is reported by host to device  10012 Data transmit is requested from host to device  00012 Data receive is requested from host to device  01012 Top of frame is indicated by host to device   Data 00112 The state that sequence bit of transmit receive data is even is indicated  10112 The state that sequence bit of transmit receive data is odd is indicated   Handshake 00102 Normal completion of communication is reported  10102 The state that device is waiting for communication is reported  11102 Completion error of communication is reported   Special 11002 Communication to the L S  device which has low priority is enabled   In 7534 Group  data except SOF and PRE of PID can be controlled by software   Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 53 of 78          5   5          09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     6  USB special signal  The host side has function to control the state of the device side  and the device side has the function  to transmit the state to the host side and other devices on USB communications line by the signal  besides the above mentioned data transfer   Usually  the transfer confirmation  Keep alive  Idle  only for L S   is performed on the USB communication  line regardless of data transmit receive  The contents of transfer confirmation are as follows     host confirms the connection of device on the co
141. To our customers     Old Company Name in Catalogs and Other Documents    On April 1   2010  NEC Electronics Corporation merged with Renesas Technology  Corporation  and Renesas Electronics Corporation took over all the business of both  companies  Therefore  although the old company name remains in this document  it is a valid  Renesas Electronics document  We appreciate your understanding     Renesas Electronics website  http   www renesas com    April 17  2010  Renesas Electronics Corporation    Issued by  Renesas Electronics Corporation  http   www renesas com   Send any inquiries to http   www renesas com inquiry     2    NE   S AS       8     10     11     12     Notice    All information included in this document is current as of the date this document is issued  Such information  however  is  subject to change without any prior notice  Before purchasing or using any Renesas Electronics products listed herein  please  confirm the latest product information with a Renesas Electronics sales office  Also  please pay regular and careful attention to  additional and different information to be disclosed by Renesas Electronics such as that disclosed through our website     Renesas Electronics does not assume any liability for infringement of patents  copyrights  or other intellectual property rights  of third parties by or arising from the use of Renesas Electronics products or technical information described in this document   No license  express  implied or otherwise  is gr
142. USB2 0  specification    SIE  Hardware operation in 7534 group    F W  Recommendation process in the program    FEOPE  False EOP error flag  bit 2 of address 1916     RxPID  Token interrupt flag  bit 7 of address 1F16     Table 7 Relation of the width of SEO and the state of the device  State of device                                                     End of data or handshake  Idle state End of Token in transaction in transaction Suspend state  TKNE   X TKNE   1 TKNE   0           RSME   0 RSME   0     RSME   1  7    RSME   0 E  RSTE  1 RSTE  1 RSTE   0 or 1 RSTE 0  Spec   Ignore Ignore Ignore  Keep counting suspend Not detected as EOP in Not detected as EOP in  0 us timer case of no detection EOP  case of no detection EOP   H SIE SIE returns idle state as SIE returns idle state as  0 5 us time out  FEOPE flag is timeup  FEOPE flag is Spec   Reset or resume  set   set    F W   Not acknowledge Not acknowledge Wait for the next EOP flag  Spec   Keep alive EOP EOP  SIE Initialize suspend timer Token interrupt request Set EOP flag  0 5 us count value  2 5 us Not acknowledge Token interrupt processing   After checking the set of  FAN execute EOP flag  go to the next  processing SIE   Reset interrupt  Spec   Keep alive or Reset EOP or Reset EOP or Reset request  may determine as keep may determine as EOP and   may determine as EOP  SIE alive and Reset interrupt Reset interrupt and Reset interrupt  2 5 us Keep alive in case of no RxPID   1 gt  Token interrupt   Continue the proces
143. Use  transmitting with endpoint 1 ble  Clea       Fig  3 5 16 Structure of USB transmit data byte number set register 1    USB PID control register 0  EPOPID   Address 23 16   b7  b6 64 b3 b2 bl bO    b5  C eme T          0 0 0 0 RD WR RD  WR    Initial value 0   Endpoint 0 enable 0  Endpoint 0 invalid Ena    Set    Use   flag 1  Endpoint 0 valid ble  Clea  Unexpected IN or OUT transaction can be ignored by clearing to this flag to  0    SETUP transaction cannot be ignored  it is always valid    Endpoint 0 PID selection  1x  IN token interrupt of DATA 0 1 is valid  flag  OUT STALL  01Xx  STALL handshake is valid for IN token             00XX  NAK handshake is valid for IN token  Endpoint 0        selection    XXX1  STALL handshake i  lid for OUT  flag  OUT ACK  ins andshake is valid for    Endpoint 0 PID selection XX10  ACK handshake is valid for OUT token  flag  IN STALL  XX00  NAK handshake is valid for OUT token    Endpoint 0 PID selection  ag  IN DATAO 1              DPIDO and SPIDOI are used to control the response for IN token    DPIDO is used with the token interrupt enable flag  TKNE     DPIDO is cleared to  0  automatically by hardware when ACK is received   SPIDOO and APIDO are used to control the response for OUT token    When DPIDO is changed during token packet  the changed value is valid after end  of token     X  it can be set to 0 or 1        Fig  3 5 17 Structure of USB PID control register 0       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 41 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178
144. Vcc pin        Fig  3 4 6 Bypass capacitor across the Vss line and the Vcc line    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          29 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise    3 4 3 Wiring to analog input pins     Connect an approximately 100 to 1      resistor to an analog signal line which is connected to an analog  input pin in series  Besides  connect the resistor to the microcomputer as close as possible      Connect an approximately 1000 pF capacitor across the Vss pin and the analog input pin  Besides   connect the capacitor to the   55        as close as possible  Also  connect the capacitor across the analog  input pin and the Vss pin at equal length       Reason   Signals which is input in an analog input pin  such as an A D converter comparator input pin  are  usually output signals from sensor  The sensor which detects a change of event is installed far from  the printed circuit board with a microcomputer  the wiring to an analog input pin is longer necessarily   This long wiring functions as an antenna which feeds noise into the microcomputer  which causes  noise to an analog input pin    If a capacitor between an analog input pin and the   55 pin is grounded at a position far away from  the Vss pin  noise on the GND line may enter a microcomputer through the capacitor      Note     Microcomputer    Analog  input pin             Note   The resistor is used for dividing  resistance with a thermistor        Fig  3 4 7 Analog
145. ack depends on RAM size  Espe   cially  be careful that the RAM area varies in Mask ROM version   One Time PROM version and Emulator MCU     NOTES ON USE    Handling of Power Source Pin   In order to avoid a latch up occurrence  connect a capacitor suitable  for high frequencies as bypass capacitor between power source pin   Vcc pin  and GND pin  Vss pin   Besides  connect the capacitor to  as close as possible  For bypass capacitor which should not be lo   cated too far from the pins to be connected  a ceramic or electrolytic  capacitor of 1 0 uF is recommended     Handling of USBVREFOUT Pin   In order to prevent the instability of the USBVREFOUT output due to  external noise  connect a capacitor as bypass capacitor between  USBVREFOUT pin and GND         Vss pin   Besides  connect the ca   pacitor to as close as possible  For bypass capacitor  a ceramic or  electrolytic capacitor of 0 22 uF is recommended     USB Communication           applications requiring high reliability  we recommend providing  the system with protective measures such as USB function initial   ization by software or USB reset by the host to prevent USB com   munication from being terminated unexpectedly  for example due  to external causes such as noise      When USB suspend mode with TTL level on P10  P12  P13 input  level selection bit  bit 3 of address 1716  set to    1     suspend current  as Icc might be greater than 300      as a spec    Countermeasure    There are two countermeasures by softwar
146. alid at falling   level for port PO  at input   Timer 1 6 FFF316 FFF216 At timer 1 underflow STP release timer underflow  Timer 2 7 FFF116 FFFO16 At timer 2 underflow  Serial 1 02 At completion of transmit receive shift  CNTRo 8 FFEF16 FFEE16   At detection of either rising or falling edge External interrupt  active edge  of CNTRo input selectable   A D conversion At completion of A D conversion  BRK instruction 9         1                  At BRK instruction execution Non maskable software interrupt                Note 1  Vector addressed contain internal jump destination addresses     2  Reset function in the same way as an interrupt with the highest priority     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 20 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS          HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Interrupt request bit    Interrupt enable bit       Interrupt disable flag 1       BRK instruction Interrupt request  Reset       Fig  18 Interrupt control    bO Interrupt edge selection register   INTEDGE   address 003A16                                                  INTO interrupt edge selection bit  0   Falling edge active  1  Rising edge active   INT1 interrupt edge selection bit  0   Falling edge active  1   Rising edge active   Not used  returns  0  when read                 Serial 1 01 or INT1 interrupt selection bit  0   Serial 1 01  1  INT1   Timer X or key on wake up interrupt selection bit  0  Timer X  1  Key on wake up   Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt selection bit  0  Tim
147. annel Selector   The channel selector selects one of ports P27 AN7 to P20 ANo  and  inputs the voltage to the comparator      Comparator and control circuit    The comparator and control circuit compares an analog input volt   age with the comparison voltage and stores its result into the A D  conversion register  When A D conversion is completed  the control  circuit sets the AD conversion completion bit and the AD interrupt  request bit to    1     Because the comparator is constructed linked to a  capacitor  set f XIN  to 500 kHz or more during A D conversion              A D control register   ADCON   address 003416                                               Analog input pin selection bits  000   P20 ANo  001   P21 AN1  010   P22 AN2  011   P23 AN3  100   P24 AN4  101   P25 AN5  110     26     6  111   P27 AN7    Not used  returns  0  when read   AD conversion completion bit   0   Conversion in progress   1  Conversion completed  Not used  returns  0  when read                       Fig  37 Structure of A D control register    Read 8 bit  Read out only address 003516   b7                                         Read 10 bit  read out in order address 003616  003516   b7 b0    emos                 67 60        e ofa                 High order 6 bit of address 003616 returns    0    when read     Fig  38 Structure of A D conversion register             b7 60  A D control register          Address 003416   3    A D control circuit    P20 ANo     P21 AN1 O           A D int
148. anted hereby under any patents  copyrights or other intellectual property rights  of Renesas Electronics or others     You should not alter  modify  copy  or otherwise misappropriate any Renesas Electronics product  whether in whole or in part     Descriptions of circuits  software and other related information in this document are provided only to illustrate the operation of  semiconductor products and application examples  You are fully responsible for the incorporation of these circuits  software   and information in the design of your equipment  Renesas Electronics assumes no responsibility for any losses incurred by  you or third parties arising from the use of these circuits  software  or information     When exporting the products or technology described in this document  you should comply with the applicable export control  laws and regulations and follow the procedures required by such laws and regulations  You should not use Renesas  Electronics products or the technology described in this document for any purpose relating to military applications or use by  the military  including but not limited to the development of weapons of mass destruction  Renesas Electronics products and  technology may not be used for or incorporated into any products or systems whose manufacture  use  or sale is prohibited  under any applicable domestic or foreign laws or regulations     Renesas Electronics has used reasonable care in preparing the information included in this document  b
149. apons of mass destruction or for the purpose of any other military  use  When exporting the products or technology described herein  you should follow the applicable export  control laws and regulations  and procedures required by such laws and regulations   All information included in this document such as product data  diagrams  charts  programs  algorithms  and  application circuit examples  is current as of the date this document is issued  Such information  however  is  subject to change without any prior notice  Before purchasing or using any Renesas products listed in this  document  please confirm the latest product information with a Renesas sales office  Also  please pay regular  and careful attention to additional and different information to be disclosed by Renesas such as that disclosed  through our website   http   www renesas com    Renesas has used reasonable care in compiling the information included in this document  but Renesas  assumes no liability whatsoever for any damages incurred as a result of errors or omissions in the information  included in this document   When using or otherwise relying on the information in this document  you should evaluate the information in  light of the total system before deciding about the applicability of such information to the intended application   Renesas makes no representations  warranties or guaranties regarding the suitability of its products for any  particular application and specifically disclaims any liability
150. at Control transfer    Not deal with the host which performs the Control  transfer in parallel to plural device     Connectable to the host which performs the Con   trol transfer in parallel to plural device        D  D  transceiver circuit    USB function can be used only at the condition of  CL   150 pF to 350 pF     Deal with the following Low Speed USB2 0 speci   fication    CL   200 pF to 450 pF    Trise and Tfall  75 ns to 300 ns    Tr Tf  80 96 to 125 96    Cross over Voltage  1 3 V to 2 0 V        Power dissipation at Suspend    Rating is Max  300 uA not including the output cur   rent of USBVREFOUT     Rating is Max  300      including the output current  of USBVREFOUT  by low power dissipation of D    D  input circuit and 3 3 V regulator        STALL in Status stage    ACK is returned once to OUT  DATAO  to be valid  in Status stage     STALL is set automaticcally by hardware when  OUT  DATAO  is received in Status stage           6 bit decode of SYNC field       SYNC is detected only when 8 bit full code  8016   is complete     DIFFERENCES AMONG 32 PIN  36 PIN AND 42 PIN  The 7534 Group has three package types  and each of the number  of I O ports are different  Accordingly  when the pins which have the  function except a port function are eliminated  be careful that the  functions are also eliminated     Table 14 Differences among 32 pin  36 pin and 42 pin       SYNC is detected only the low order 6 bits even if  the high order 2 bits are corrupted                
151. ation                  RxEP     Data written and transmitted  2 bytes     Transmit buffer empty fla        TARDY       ee ee mcm OO O  1 CRC error occurs False EOP error occurs   PID error occurs     False EOP error occurs     CRCE   FEOPE   PIDE     FEOPE    Summing error flag E mE cabe    SUME       Notes 1  The data number of PID                is 2 bytes in this example   2  Endpoint  ENDP  is 0 in this example   3  The dot line on SUME shows the timing of each error occur        Fig  2 4 12 Timing chart of the transaction according to each token       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          63 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     3     Interrupt processing   In 7534 Group  the interrupt related to the USB communication processes 7 sources 2 jump destination   Accordingly  determine the interrupt source and execute the processing after executing the interrupt  processing    Moreover  control the USB function and the interrupt source which has been enabled before interrupt  is enabled    The interrupt jump destination and the source are shown as follows     IN token interrupt  IN token  endpoint 0  and IN token  endpoint 1   OUT token interrupt  OUT token  SETUP token  Reset  Suspend  and Resume    The determination  processing at the OUT token in figure  by the interrupt and the setting of a related  register when using the interrupt of the OUT token is shown in Figure 2 4 13  The determination   processing at the IN token  endpoint 0  in figure 
152. ble input level   Whether a built in pull up resistor is to be used or not can be  determined by program   P10 RxD D       port       7 bit I O port  Serial      1 function pin  P11 TxD D        direction register allows each pin to be individually programmed    12 5       as            input or output     Serial 1 02 function pin  P13 SDATA  CMOS 3 state output structure at CMOS compatible input level  P14 CNTRo  CMOS TTL level can be switched for P10  P12  P13   Timer X function pin   When using the USB function  input level of ports P10 and P11  becomes USB input level  and output level of them becomes  P15  P16 USB output level     2               port P2  8 bit I O port having almost the same function as       Input pins for A D converter  P27 AN7  CMOS 3 state output structure at CMOS compatible input level  P30 P35      port P3  8 bit I O port        direction register allows each pin to be individually programmed as either input or output    CMOS 3 state output structure at CMOS compatible input level  CMOS TTL level        be switched  for P36  P37     P30 to P36 can output a large current for driving LED   P36 INT1  Whether a built in pull up resistor is to be used or not can be  Interrupt input pins  P37 INTo determined by program   P40  P41    port       2 bit I O port                direction register allows each pin to be individually programmed as either input or output        Rev 3 00       23  2006          8 of 55    REJ09BO01 78 0300    RENESAS    7534     
153. carry  the C  flag must be initialized to  0  before each calculation  To check for a borrow  the C flag must be  initialized to  1  before each calculation     Set D flag to    1       ADC or SBC instruction    NOP instruction    SEC  CLC  or CLD instruction       Fig  3 3 9 Status flag at decimal calculations     3  JMP instruction  When using the JMP instruction in indirect addressing mode  do not specify the last address on a  page as an indirect address     3 3 8 Programming and test of built in PROM version   As for in the One Time PROM version  shipped in blank   its built in PROM can be read or programmed  with a general purpose PROM programmer using a special programming adapter    The programming test and screening for PROM of the One Time PROM version  shipped in blank  are not  performed in the assembly process and the following processes  To ensure reliability after programming   performing programming and test according to the Figure 3 3 9 before actual use are recommended     Programming with PROM programmer    Screening  Caution    Leave at 150      for 40 hours     Verification with PROM programmer      Caution  The screening temperature is far higher than the    storage temperature  Never expose to 150   C  Functional check in target device exceeding 100 hours        Fig  3 3 10 Programming and testing of One Time PROM version    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 22 of 70 1324    NESAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 9 Notes on b
154. ccumulator or processor status register                    11  Table 4 Set and clear instructions of each bit of processor status register                            12  Table 5 VO port function table    rire u uu                            LASER ERRARE 17  Table 6 Interrupt vector address and priority                                  20  Table 7 Relation of the width of SEO and the state of the device                                           33  Table 8 Special programming adapter                        020 1 4141  0 0000000 0000 00000000000000000                 43  Table 9 Interrupt sources  vector addresses and interrupt                                                            44  Table 10 Change of A D conversion register during A D conversion                                       46  Table  11 Stop mode   8                        ederent                   dde EXE      48  Table 12 Walt mode  State  tuens RE ha ce             49  Table 13 Description of improved USB function for 7534 Group                                              50  Table 14 Differences among 32 pin  36 pin and 42                        50  Table 15 Differences among 32 pin  36        and 42 pin  SFR                                                   51    CHAPTER 2 APPLICATION    Table 2 1 1 Handling of unused pins                   7  Table 2 2 1 CNTRO active edge switch bit function    eene 13  Table 2 3 1 Setting example of baud rate generator  BRG  and transfer bit rate values     44  Table 2
155. ce equipment  communications equipment  test and measurement equipment  audio and visual  equipment  home electronic appliances  machine tools  personal electronic equipment  and industrial robots        High Quality     Transportation equipment  automobiles  trains  ships  etc    traffic control systems  anti disaster systems  anti   crime systems  safety equipment  and medical equipment not specifically designed for life support       Specific     Aircraft  aerospace equipment  submersible repeaters  nuclear reactor control systems  medical equipment or  systems for life support  e g  artificial life support devices or systems   surgical implantations  or healthcare  intervention  e g  excision  etc    and any other applications or purposes that pose a direct threat to human life     You should use the Renesas Electronics products described in this document within the range specified by Renesas Electronics     especially with respect to the maximum rating  operating supply voltage range  movement power voltage range  heat radiation  characteristics  installation and other product characteristics  Renesas Electronics shall have no liability for malfunctions or  damages arising out of the use of Renesas Electronics products beyond such specified ranges     Although Renesas Electronics endeavors to improve the quality and reliability of its products  semiconductor products have  specific characteristics such as the occurrence of failure at a certain rate and malfunctions under
156. cept an on chip oscillator    selection bits  bits 6 and 7      CPUM    Select one of 1 1  1 2  and 1 8     Y    Main routine                   Note  After releasing reset the operation starts by starting an on chip oscillator automatically   Do not use an on chip oscillator at ordinary operation        Fig  3 3 11 Switching method of CPU mode register    3 3 12 Notes on using 32 pin version      Do not change the P35  P36 pull up control bit of the pull up control register from the initial value    1        Do not write to    1    to the serial      1 or INT1 interrupt selection bit of the interrupt edge selection register     3 3 13 Electric characteristic differences among mask ROM and One          PROM version MCUs  There are differences in electric characteristics  operation margin  noise immunity  and noise radiation  among mask ROM and One Time PROM version MCUs due to the differences in the manufacturing  processes    When manufacturing an application system with One Time PROM version and then switching to use of the  mask ROM version  perform sufficient evaluations for the commercial samples of the mask ROM version     3 3 14 Note on power source voltage   When the power source voltage value of a microcomputer is less than the value which is indicated as the  recommended operating conditions  the microcomputer does not operate normally and may perform unstable  operation    In a system where the power source voltage drops slowly when the power source voltage drops or
157. ck of CNVss pin has no operational inter   ference even if it is connected via a resistor     Electric Characteristic Differences Among  Mask ROM and One          PROM Version MCUs  There are differences in electric characteristics  operation margin   noise immunity  and noise radiation among mask ROM and One  Time PROM version MCUs due to the differences in the manufac   turing processes    When manufacturing an application system with One Time PROM  version and then switching to use of the mask ROM version  per   form sufficient evaluations for the commercial samples of the  mask ROM version     Note on Power Source Voltage   When the power source voltage value of a microcomputer is less  than the value which is indicated as the recommended operating  conditions  the microcomputer does not operate normally and may  perform unstable operation    In a system where the power source voltage drops slowly when  the power source voltage drops or the power supply is turned off   reset a microcomputer when the supply voltage is less than the  recommended operating conditions and design a system not to  cause errors to the system by this unstable operation        Note on A D Converter   Method to stabilize A D Converter is described below         A D conversion accuracy could be affected        Bus Powered      USB devices  while the communicating   Figure 50 shows the method to stabilize A D conversion accu   racy  inserting a capacitor between Vref and Vss    1  Power supplied by U
158. conversion  Operating  Conversion is   Program counter    continued if the WIT instruction  is executed during conversion              Serial 1 02 At selecting internal synchronous  clock  Operating  At selecting external synchronous  clock  Operating   USB Operating     2  Wait mode release  Wait mode is released by reset input or interrupt occurrence  In the wait mode  since the oscillation  is continued  the instruction is executed after the system is released from the wait mode  The  interrupt sources which can be used for return from wait mode are shown below       INTO       INT1                   Timer      Serial 1   2     A D conversion    Key on wakeup    USB function      UART         Processor status register    When the above interrupt sources are used for return from wait mode  execute the WIT instruction  after the following are set in order to enable the using interrupts      Clear the interupt request bit of the interrupt using for return to    0      Q Set the interupt enable bit of the interrupt using for return to 41        Clear the interrupt disable flag      to  0     Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          50 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    7tENESAS    HARDWARE    DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVED USB FUNCTION FOR 7534 GROUP     7534 Group DIFFERENCES AMONG 32         36 PIN AND 42 PIN       DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVED USB FUNCTION  FOR 7534 GROUP    Table 13 Description of improved USB function for 7534 Group    No     Parameter    7532 7536 Group    7534 Group       1    Response 
159. ction register  SFR        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 15 of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534                      Ports     Direction registers          The       ports have direction registers which determine the input out   put direction of each pin  Each bit in a direction register corresponds  to individual pin  and each pin can be set to be input or output    When  1  is set to the bit corresponding to a pin  this pin becomes an  output port  When  0  is set to the bit  the pin becomes an input port   When data is read from a pin set to output  not the value of the pin  itself but the value of port latch is read  Pins set to input are floating     and permit reading pin values     If a pin set to input is written to  only the port latch is written to and the    pin remains floating     HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION     Pull up control  PULL   By setting the pull up control register  address 001616   ports PO and  P3 can exert pull up control by program  However  pins set to output  are disconnected from this control and cannot exert pull up control      Port P1P3 control  P1P3C   By setting the port P1P3 control register  address 001716   a CMOS  input level or a TTL input level can be selected for ports P10  P12   P13  P36 and P37 by program    Then  as for the 36 pin version  set    1    to each bit 6 of the port P3  direction register and port P3 register    As for the 32 pin version  set    1    to respective bits 5  6  7 of the port    P3 direction reg
160. d by a relative address  If N is 1  the  next instruction is executed        PC  lt         offset    This instruction branches to the appointed ad   dress  The branch address is specified by a  relative address        B  lt  1              PC    2  M S      PCH  5   5 1  M S      PCL  5   5 1  M S      PS  5   5 1  1 lt  1  PCL  lt  ADL  PCH  lt  ADH    When the BRK instruction is executed  the  CPU pushes the current PC contents onto the  stack  The BADRS designated in the interrupt  vector table is stored into the PC        BVC   Note 4     This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address if V is 0  The branch address  is specified by a relative address  If V is 1  the  next instruction is executed        BVS   Note 4     This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address when V is 1  The branch  address is specified by a relative address   When V is 0  the next instruction is executed        CLB    Ai or Mi     0    This instruction clears the designated bit i of A  or M        CLC    This instruction clears C        CLD    This instruction clears D        CLI    This instruction clears l        CLT    This instruction clears T        CLV    This instruction clears V        CMP   Note 3     When      0  this instruction subtracts the con   tents of M from the contents of A  The result is  not stored and the contents of A or M are not  modified    When T   1  the CMP subtracts the contents  of M from the contents of M X   The result is  not stored and t
161. d with CS pin  Figure 2 3 12 shows connection examples with a peripheral IC equipped with the CS pin   Each case uses the clock synchronous serial I O mode      1  Only transmission  2  Transmission and Reception    7534 Group Peripheral IC 7534 Group   OSD controller  etc      Peripheral IC 1   E2PROM  etc       3  Connection of plural IC         Use the peripheral IC of which OUT        has an  N channel open drain output structure and which  enters a high impedance state while receiving   7534 Group Peripheral IC1 1 data                         Note     Port    means an output port controlled by  software    CLK   IN   OUT    Peripheral IC2 1       Fig  2 3 12 Serial       connection examples  1     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 35 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O     2  Connection with microcomputer  Figure 2 3 13 shows connection examples with another microcomputer      1  Selecting internal clock  2  Selecting external clock    7534 Group Microcomputer 7534 Group Microcomputer     3  In UART using serial      1    7534 Group Microcomputer       Fig  2 3 13 Serial I O connection examples  2     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 36 of 78 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    2 3 4 Serial I O transfer data format  The clock synchronous or the clock asynchronous  UART         be selected as the serial I O   Figure 2 3 14 shows the serial I O transfer data format     1ST 8DATA 1SP                   C
162. ddresses in the zero page area  Access to this area with  only 2 bytes is possible in the zero page addressing mode     Special page   The 256 bytes from addresses FF0016 to FFFF 16 are called the spe   cial page area  The special page addressing mode can be used to  specify memory addresses in the special page area  Access to this  area with only 2 bytes is possible in the special page addressing  mode     000016  SFR area    010016    Zero page    XXXX16       Reserved area    044016  Not used    YYYY16    Reserved ROM area   128 bytes     ZZZZ16  FF0016          16  Interrupt vector area  FFFE16  FFFF46 Reserved ROM area       Special page       Rev 3 00       23 2006 page 14 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       000016   Port PO  PO 002016   USB interrupt control register  USBICON           000116   Port PO direction register 002116   USB transmit data byte number set register 0                   000216   Port P1  P1 002216   USB transmit data byte number set register 1                     00031e   Port P1 direction register 002316   USBPID control register 0  EPOPID   000416   Port P2  P2 002416   USBPID control register 1  EP1PID   000516   Port P2 direction register 002516   USB address register  USBA     000616   Port            002616   USB sequence bit initialization register  INISQ1   000716   Port P3 direction register 002716   USB control register  USBCON    000816   Port P4  P4 002816   Prescaler 12  PRE12    00
163. e  the Z  V  N flags are not valid   After reset  the Interrupt disable  1  flag is set to    1     but all other flags  are undefined  Since the Index X mode  T  and Decimal mode  D   flags directly affect arithmetic operations  they should be initialized in  the beginning of a program    1  Carry flag  C   The C flag contains a carry or borrow generated by the arithmetic  logic unit  ALU  immediately after an arithmetic operation  It can  also be changed by a shift or rotate instruction    2  Zero flag  Z   The Z flag is set if the result of an immediate arithmetic operation  or a data transfer is    0     and cleared if the result is anything other  than    0       3  Interrupt disable flag  1   The   flag disables all interrupts except for the interrupt  generated by the BRK instruction   Interrupts are disabled when the   flag is    1      When an interrupt occurs  this flag is automatically set to    1    to  prevent other interrupts from interfering until the current interrupt  is serviced    4  Decimal mode flag  D   The D flag determines whether additions and subtractions are  executed in binary or decimal  Binary arithmetic is executed when  this flag is    0     decimal arithmetic is executed when it is    1      Decimal correction is automatic in decimal mode  Only the ADC  and SBC instructions can be used for decimal arithmetic     HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION     5  Break flag  B   The B flag is used to indicate that the current interrupt was  generated by
164. e contents of        and M are  transferred to the ALU  which performs a bit   wise Exclusive OR and stores the results in  M X   The contents of A remain unchanged   but status flags are changed    M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X     WhenT   1             M X  VM       A lt A 1or This instruction adds one to the contents of A       lt     41                       1 This instruction adds one to the contents of X        Yc   Y   1 This instruction adds one to the contents of Y        If addressing mode is ABS This instruction jumps to the address desig     PCL  lt  ADL   PCH  lt  ADH   If addressing mode is IND  PCL  lt            ADL   PCH  lt  M        ADL   1   If addressing mode is ZP  IND  PCL        00  ADL   PCH  lt     00  ADL   1     nated by the following three addressing  modes     Absolute    Indirect Absolute    Zero Page Indirect Absolute       M S      PCH  56 5 1  M S      PCL    This instruction stores the contents of the PC    in the stack  then jumps to the address desig   nated by the following addressing modes     5   5 1    Absolute    After executing the above  Special Page   if addressing mode is ABS    Zero Page Indirect Absolute  PCL  lt  ADL   PCH     ADH   if addressing mode is SP    PCL  lt  ADL   PCH  lt  FF   If addressing mode is ZP  IND    PCL        00  ADL    PCH        00  ADL   1        When T   0 When T   0  this instruction transfers the con          tents      M to A    When T   1 When T   1  this instruct
165. e to avoid it as follows     1  Change from TTL input level to CMOS input level for P10  P12   P13 port input     2  Change from TTL input level to CMOS input level before STP  instruction in suspend routine   then after RESUME or Remote wake up interrupt  return to TTL  input level from CMOS input level  That is shown in Figure 49        Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 42 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ORDERS ROM PROGRAMMING METHOD       SUSPEND Routine       d  Configuration to CMOS input       level for Pto  P12  P13 input level                                     trout nier      s  STP        input level                 RESUME Routine    Config level x      for P1o   el   4               xxxxx1xxe Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input    level     uration to TTL input    P12  P13 input levi       2         Remote wake up Routine      Configuration to TTL input level         for Pio  P12  P13 input level  46              xxxxx1xxz Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input                  level        Fig  49 Countermeasure  2  by software    One Time PROM Version   The CNVss pin is connected to the internal memory circuit block by a  low ohmic resistance  since it has the multiplexed function to be a  programmable power source pin  VPP pin  as well    To improve the noise reduction  connect a track between CNVss pin  and Vss pin with 1 to 10 kQ resistance    The mask ROM version tra
166. en  Vo to V1022       Analog voltage veer    Zero transition voltage                Fig  3 2 14 Definition of A D conversion accuracy    Vn  Analog input voltage when the output data changes from    n    to    n   1     n   0 to 1022     e 1 LSB at relative accuracy  gt  _Vest   Vor   V     1022            1 LSB at absolute accuracy     024     V   Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 15 of 70          5   5          09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    M37534M4 XXXFP A D CONVERTER STEP WIDTH MEASUREMENT    Vcc   5  V   Zero transition voltage  6 714 mV                5  V   Full scale transition voltage  4994 812 mV              6  MHz   Differential non linearity error  1 373 mV  0 281 LSB    Temp    25         Non linearity error   5 201 mV   1 066 LSB     CPU mode   double speed mode    1LSB WIDTH          Fig  3 2 15 A D conversion typical characteristic example       Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006          16 of 70 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 Notes on use    3 3 1 Notes on interrupts     1  Switching external interrupt detection edge  For the products able to switch the external interrupt detection edge  switch it as the following  sequence     Clear an interrupt enable bit to    0     interrupt disabled     Switch the detection edge    Clear an interrupt request bit to    O     no interrupt request issued  L    Set the interrupt enable bit to    1     interrupt enabled        Fig  3 3 1 Sequence of sw
167. er  reset  initialize flags which affect program execution  In particular  it  is essential to initialize the T flag and the D flag because of their  effect on calculations     Interrupts   The contents of the interrupt request bit do not change even if the  BBC or BBS instruction is executed immediately after they are  changed by program because this instruction is executed for the pre   vious contents  For executing the instruction for the changed con   tents  execute one instruction before executing the BBC or BBS in   struction     Decimal Calculations     For calculations in decimal notation  set the decimal mode flag D to     1    then execute the ADC instruction or SBC instruction  In this  case  execute SEC instruction  CLC instruction or CLD instruction  after executing one instruction before the ADC instruction or SBC  instruction            the decimal mode  the values of the     negative   V  overflow   and Z  zero  flags are invalid     Timers     When n  0 to 255  is written to a timer latch  the frequency division  ratio is 1  n 1       When a count source of timer X is switched  stop a count of timer X     Ports     The values of the port direction registers cannot be read   That is  it is impossible to use the LDA instruction  memory opera   tion instruction when the T flag is  1   addressing mode using di   rection register values as qualifiers  and bit test instructions such  as BBC and BBS   It is also impossible to use bit operation instructions such as C
168. er 2  1   Serial 1 02                or AD converter interrupt selection bit  0  CNTRO  1  AD converter             Interrupt request register 1   IREQ1   address 003C16                                                     UART receive USB IN token interrupt request bit  UART transmit USB SETUP OUT token  Reset Suspend Resume INT1 interrupt request bit  INTO interrupt request bit  Timer X or key on wake up interrupt request bit  Timer 1 interrupt request bit  Timer 2 or serial l O2 interrupt request bit  CNTRo or AD converter interrupt request bit    Not used  returns  0  when read  0   No interrupt request issued  1   Interrupt request issued                   bo Interrupt control register 1   ICON1   address 003E16                                                UART receive USB IN token interrupt enable bit  UART transmit USB SETUP OUT token  Reset Suspend Resume INT1 interrupt enable bit  INTO interrupt enable bit  Timer X or key on wake up interrupt enable bit  Timer 1 interrupt enable bit  Timer 2 or serial l O2 interrupt enable bit  CNTRo or AD converter interrupt enable bit  Not used  returns    0    when read      Do not write    1    to this bit  0   Interrupts disabled  1   Interrupts enabled                   Fig  19 Structure of Interrupt related registers       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          21 of 55          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Key Input Interrupt  Key On Wake Up      key on wake up interrupt request is 
169. errupt request                P22 AN2 O  P23 AN3     P24 AN4 O  P25 AN5 O  P26 AN6 O  P27 AN7    Comparator          2      20              c  c   s                     Fig  39 Block diagram of A D converter    A D conversion register  high order     A D conversion register  low order   Address 003516     Resistor ladder  Le     214        Address 003616     10                Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 36 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Watchdog Timer   The watchdog timer gives a means for returning to a reset status  when the program fails to run on its normal loop due to a runaway   The watchdog timer consists of an 8 bit watchdog timer H and an 8   bit watchdog timer L  being a 16 bit counter     Standard operation of watchdog timer   The watchdog timer stops when the watchdog timer control register   address 003916  is not set after reset  Writing an optional value to  the watchdog timer control register  address 003916  causes the  watchdog timer to start to count down  When the watchdog timer H  underflows  an internal reset occurs  Accordingly  it is programmed  that the watchdog timer control register  address 003916  can be set  before an underflow occurs    When the watchdog timer control register  address 003916  is read   the values of the high order 6 bit of the watchdog timer H  STP in   struction disable bit and watchdog timer H count source selection bit  are read     Initial value of watchdog t
170. es against any and all  damages arising out of such applications   You should use the products described herein within the range specified by Renesas  especially with respect  to the maximum rating  operating supply voltage range  movement power voltage range  heat radiation  characteristics  installation and other product characteristics  Renesas shall have no liability for malfunctions or  damages arising out of the use of Renesas products beyond such specified ranges   Although Renesas endeavors to improve the quality and reliability of its products       products have specific  characteristics such as the occurrence of failure at a certain rate and malfunctions under certain use  conditions  Please be sure to implement safety measures to guard against the possibility of physical injury  and  injury or damage caused by fire in the event of the failure of a Renesas product  such as safety design for  hardware and software including but not limited to redundancy  fire control and malfunction prevention   appropriate treatment for aging degradation or any other applicable measures  Among others  since the  evaluation of microcomputer software alone is very difficult  please evaluate the safety of the final products or  system manufactured by you   In case Renesas products listed in this document are detached from the products to which the Renesas  products are attached or affixed  the risk of accident such as swallowing by infants and small children is very  high  You should 
171. essing    To Reset Supend   Resume processing    No token   lt   gt  Interrupt source   token      Token    USBIR2    XXXXXXX 2 Interrupt by token if 2    1     OUT token   USBIR2 X XXXXXX 2 Interrupt by OUT token if 2      1       To Setup processing    Read receive data   Max  8 bytes in 1 interrupt  processing            Data receive executed    Communication error occur   USBSTS    Error No error can be determined by SUME of bit 6    Data toggle    es    TRSYNC  XXXXXXX 2 Toggle normally if 2      1       Set handshake In normal receive  handshake is set to ACK   A    When communication error or data doggle error occur  handshake is    set to NAK or STALL according to the contents   B      In normal receive  data is stored   C    When communication error or data doggle error occur  received data  in this time is canceled   D      Store this receive data    Notes 1  In this figure  only USB in interrupt processing is described   Note that the storing stack  etc  is not described   2  Data shown by   in program description expresses determination  or data setting        Fig  2 4 13 USB interrupt processing example  OUT token        Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 65 of 78  REJ09B01 78 0300             5   5    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    0X  Not used here   Set it to  0  or    1    arbitrary      Flow chart     Program description     USBA X00000002 Initial USB address      0       Set USB communication SIO1CON  11             2 Set I O port to USB mode  USBCON   1     
172. esumue invalid Ena  Set   Use   enable 1  Resume valid ble  Clear   Token interrupt 0 Token invalid Ena  Set   Use   enable 1 Token valid ble  Clear   USB enable flag 0 USB invalid Ena  Set   Use  1 USB valid ble  Clear    The internal state can be initialized by clearing this flag to  0     The initial values of registers are as follows      USB status register  address 19 16     0116      USB data toggle synchronization register  address 1D 16     7F 16      USB interrupt source discrimination register 1  address 1E 16     7F 16      Bits 7  6 and 2 of USB interrupt source discrimination register 2  address 1F 16      00xxx0xx2              Fig  3 5 14 Structure of USB interrupt control register       Rev 3 00        23  2006          40 of 70 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers       Refer to    Figure 2 4 6 Description of register structure    for registers relevant to USB     USB transmit data byte number set register 0  EPOBYTE   Address 21 16   67 b6 b5 b4 b3 62 61 00     o            o   ___               RD WR RD WR    Initial value 0    Set the number of data byte for          Set    Use  transmitting with endpoint 0 ble  Clear       Fig  3 5 15 Structure of USB transmit data byte number set register 0    USB transmit data byte number set register 1                   Address 22 16   67 b6 65 b4 63 62 bi 00                         X sev    RD  WR   RD  WR    Initial value 0  Set the number of data byte for Ena    Set    
173. et a division ratio so that the  underflow output period of the timer X  can be 250 us     7534 Group    Fig  2 2 14 Peripheral circuit example    Timer X count source  selection bit Prescaler X Timer X    PiPiPi     TA                f XIN    6 00 MHz 1 16 1 94     gt  CNTRo       Fig  2 2 15 Timers connection and setting of division ratios    Rev 3 00        23  2006          20 of 78 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer count source set register  address 2E 16   b7         ress            fo    L  Timer X count source   f XiN  16    Timer X mode register  address 2B 16   b7 60  1        pejor    Timer X operating mode  Pulse output mode               active edge switch  Output starting at  H  level    Timer X count  Stop  Clear to  0  when starting count     Timer X  address 2D  6   b7 60    93     gt  Set    division ratio     1   Prescaler X  address 2C 16        Interrupt control register 1  address      16   b7 50                 fol            Timer    interrupt  Disabled       Fig  2 2 16 Relevant registers setting       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 21 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    RESET    Initialization      X  This bit      not used here  Set it to  0  or    1    arbitrary       1  address 0216   bit4  lt    1  P1D  address 0316   lt XXX1XXXX2    TCSS address 2E         Timer X count source             16   ICON1  address SE t6    Timer X interrupt disabled   TM  address 2
174. flag cleared           lt        SIO2CON  address 3016   bit7     Judgment of completion of one byte reception    Wait for half cycle of clock    Read out received data from SIO2    SIO2  address 3116        Dummy data  Transmit receive shift completion flag cleared        lt           SIO2CON  address 3016   bit7    Judgment of completion of one byte reception    1    Wait for half cycle of shift clock    Read out received data from SIO2                Fig  2 3 21 Control procedure of reception side       Rev 3 00        23  2006 page 42 of 78 1320    NE   SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O     2  Communication using asynchronous serial I O  UART  transmit receive   Outline   2 byte data is transmitted and received  using the clock asynchronous serial I O  Port   0    is used for communication control     Figure 2 3 22 shows a connection diagram  and Figure 2 3 23 shows a timing chart     Transmission side Reception side     gt                   7534 Group 7534 Group       Fig  2 3 22 Connection diagram    Specifications    The Serial 1 01  asynchronous serial I O  is used    Transfer bit rate   9600 bps  f Xin    4 9152 MHz divided by 512   Communication control using port   0    Port POooutput level is controlled by software    2 byte data is transferred from the transmission side to the reception side at 10 ms  intervals which the timer generates    10 ms          Fig  2 3 23 Timing chart    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 43 of 78          5   5 
175. g  44 Internal status of microcomputer at reset    USB data toggle synchronization register  USB interrupt source discrimination register 1    USB interrupt source discrimination register 2    USB transmit data byte number set register 0    USB transmit data byte number set register 1    USB sequence bit initialization register    Address    Register contents       000116    0016       000316       000516  000716       000916          001616  001916          001A16  001  16       001016       001  16          001  16          002016                         002116       002216          002316       002416       002516       002616       002716                         002816  002916          002  16       002816          002616       002016          002  16  003016          003416       003816          003916       003A16       003  16                      003C16          003  16          5        X    x             1                                PCL        Contents of address FFFD16    Contents of address FFFC16          Note X   Undefined          Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          39 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300             5   5    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Clock Generating Circuit   An oscillation circuit can be formed by connecting a resonator be   tween XIN and Xour    Use the circuit constants in accordance with the resonator  manufacturer s recommended values  No external resistor is needed  between XIN and Xour since a feed back resistor exists on
176. g mode   Zero page Y addressing mode   Absolute addressing mode   Absolute X addressing mode   Absolute Y addressing mode   Indirect absolute addressing mode    Zero page indirect absolute addressing mode    Indirect X addressing mode  Indirect Y addressing mode  Relative addressing mode  Special page addressing mode  Carry flag   Zero flag   Interrupt disable flag   Decimal mode flag   Break flag   X modified arithmetic mode flag  Overflow flag   Negative flag       o  lt  x     cc  gt  1        UU  oo    M ADH  ADL     M 00  ADL   Ai    Mi  OP  n              Addition   Subtraction   Logical OR   Logical AND   Logical exclusive OR   Negation   Shows direction of data flow   Index register X   Index register Y   Stack pointer   Program counter   Processor status register   8 high order bits of program counter   8 low order bits of program counter   8 high order bits of address   8 low order bits of address   FF in Hexadecimal notation   Immediate value   Zero page address   Memory specified by address designation of any ad   dressing mode   Memory of address indicated by contents of index  register X   Memory of address indicated by contents of stack  pointer   Contents of memory at address indicated by ADH and  ADL  in ADH is 8 high order bits and ADL is 8 low or   der bits    Contents of address indicated by zero page ADL   Bit i  i   0 to 7  of accumulator   Bit i  i   0 to 7  of memory   Opcode   Number of cycles   Number of bytes       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 66 of 7
177. g to VPP pin of One Time PROM version  Connect an approximately 5 kQ resistor to the VPP pin the shortest possible in series and also to the  Vss pin  When not connecting the resistor  make the length of wiring between the VPP pin and the  Vss pin the shortest possible     Note  Even when a circuit which included an approximately 5 kQ resistor is used in the Mask ROM  version  the microcomputer operates correctly       Reason  The VPP pin of the One Time PROM is the power source input pin for the built in PROM  When  programming in the built in PROM  the impedance of the VPP pin is low to allow the electric current  for writing flow into the PROM  Because of this  noise can enter easily  If noise enters the VPP pin   abnormal instruction codes or data are read from the built in PROM  which may cause a program  runaway     Approximately            CNVss VPP    Vss    In the shortest  distance       Fig  3 4 5 Wiring for the VPP pin of the One Time PROM    3 4 2 Connection of bypass capacitor across Vss line and Vcc line   Connect an approximately 1 0 uF bypass capacitor across the Vss line and the Vcc line as follows     Connect a bypass capacitor across the   55        and the Vcc        at equal length      Connect a bypass capacitor across the VSS        and the Vcc pin with the shortest possible wiring     Use lines with a larger diameter than other signal lines for Vss line and Vcc line    e Connect the power source wiring via a bypass capacitor to the Vss        and the 
178. ge Selection Bit  If the Stack Page Selec   tion Bit is    O     then the RAM in the zero page is used as the stack area   If the Stack Page Selection Bit is    1     then RAM in page 1 is used as  the stack area    The Stack Page Selection Bit is located in the SFR area in the zero  page  Note that the initial value of the Stack Page Selection Bit varies  with each microcomputer type  Also some microcomputer types have  no Stack Page Selection Bit and the upper eight bits of the stack ad   dress are fixed  The operations of pushing register contents onto the  stack and popping them from the stack are shown in Figure 9     Program counter  PC    The program counter is a 16 bit counter consisting of two 8 bit regis   ters PCH and PCL  It is used to indicate the address of the next instruc   tion to be executed     50    Accumulator          50    Index Register X          50  Y   Index Register       50  5   Stack Pointer                   b15    b7 00         PCL Program Counter       b7 bO  NIVITI BIDI IIZIC  Processor Status Register  PS        Carry Flag               Zero Flag             Interrupt Disable Flag  Decimal Mode Flag       Break Flag  Index X Mode Flag    Overflow Flag             Negative Flag       Fig  8 740 Family CPU register structure       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 10 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    7tENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION    On going Routine    Interrupt request        Note          Execute JSR    o                 2     a
179. ge Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 6               characteristic example  A D conversion executed not executed  f Xin    6MHz  in double   speed mode     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 10 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    3 2 2 VOH IOH characteristic example    Measuring condition  Ta   25   C                characteristics of P channel  normal port    same charactersistics pins  POo   P07    10   16    20   27  P3o P37  P40             lt      T  9            o        5         3  Q            I       H    output voltage         V        Fig  3 2 7 VOH IOH characteristic example of P channel  Ta   25   C   normal port    Measuring condition  Ta   85   C                characteristics of P channel  normal port    same charactersistics pins    0     0      10   16    20   27  P3o P37    4    P41        H    output current         mA      H  output voltage         V        Fig  3 2 8 VOH IOH characteristic example of P channel  Ta   85   C   normal port    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 11 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    Measuring condition  Ta   25   C  Vor lor characteristics of N channel  normal port    same charactersistics pins    0     0      10   16    20   27  P37  P40  P41     x                                   2          2       2  2  o  s      L  output voltage         V        Fig  3 2 9 Vor loL characteristic example of N channel  Ta   25   C   Normal port    Measu
180. ge from TTL input level to CMOS input level before STP instruction in suspend routine   then after RESUME or Remote wake up interrupt  return to TTL input level from CMOS input  level  That is shown in Figure 2 4 21     SUSPEND Routine    Configuration to CMOS input    level for P1o  P12  P13 input level      amp                          0       Configuration to CMOS    input level for P10  P12  P13  input level     RESUME Routine       Configuration to TTL input level       for P1o  P12  P13 input level    lt a            xxxxx1xxe Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input  level     Remote wake up Routine    Configuration to TTL input level          for   10  P12  P13 input level  4                                       Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input  level        Fig  2 4 21 Countermeasure  2  by software    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 70 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    2 5 A D converter  This paragraph explains the registers setting method and the notes relevant to the A D converter     2 5 1 Memory map    003416   A D control register  ADCON     003516   A D conversion register  low order    ADL     003616   A D conversion register  high order    ADH             003A16  Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE     003  16  Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1   003E16   Interrupt control register 1              Fig  2 5 1 Memory map of registers relevant to A D converter       2 
181. generated by applying    L    level  to any pin of port PO that has been set to input mode   In other words  it is generated when the AND of input level goes from     1    to  0   An example of using a key input interrupt is shown in Fig   ure 20  where an interrupt request is generated by pressing one of  the keys provided as an active low key matrix which uses ports   0      to        as input ports                    P07 output             Port PXx       L    level output    PULL register  bit 3      0               Port P07   Direction register      1     Port P07  latch       e             Falling edge                06 output             PULL register  bit 3      0                           I detection       Key input interrupt request       Port P06   Direction register      1     Port P06  latch             Falling edge             P05 output             PULL register  bit 3      0                       1 latch       I        detection       Port P05  Direction register      1       Port P05       Falling edge                   P04 output             PULL register  bit 3      0           1     detection     gt                 Port     4  Direction register      1                      P03 input             PULL register  bit 2      1             a    Port P04  Falling edge  DE       latch  Port         Direction register    0   Port         latch       Falling edge       2          detection                 input             PULL register  bit 2      1             IT  
182. gister    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 4 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    Interrupt request register 1  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1   Address   3C 16                                       B        receive USBIN token    No interrupt request issued  interrupt request bit   Interrupt request issued  UART transmit USBSETUP   0   No interrupt request issued  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt request issued  Resume INT1 interrupt  request bit  Note 1   INTo interrupt request bit   No interrupt request issued   Note 2    Interrupt request issued  3   Timer X or key on wake up x   No interrupt request issued x  interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  4   Timer 1 interrupt request bit  0  No interrupt request issued     1   Interrupt request issued  5   Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt   0   No interrupt request issued     request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  CNTRo or AD converter 0   No interrupt request issued    interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued                      7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0          These bits can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set   Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is  0         Fig  2
183. he contents of X  M  and A are  not modified    M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        This instruction takes the one   s complement of  the contents of M and stores the result in M        This instruction subtracts the contents of M  from the contents of X  The result is not stored  and the contents of X and M are not modified        This instruction subtracts the contents of M  from the contents of Y  The result is not stored  and the contents of Y and M are not modified        This instruction subtracts 1 from the contents  of AorM                                               Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 58 of 70    REJ09B0178 0300    7RENESAS    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode Processor status register                                                                                                                                                    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          59 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode       Function Details A         A ZP             JOP  n                       1 This instruction subtracts one from the current    contents of X        Yc   Y 1 This instruction subtracts one from the current    contents of Y        When T   0     lt            When T   0  this instruction transfers the con   tents of the M and A to the ALU which  performs a bit wise Exclusive OR  and stores  the result in A    When T   1  th
184. he procedure shown in  Figure 51 is recommended to verify programming     Programming with  PROM programmer    Screening  Caution    150   C for 40 hours     Verification with PROM  programmer    Functional check in  target device    Caution  The screening temperature is far higher  than the storage temperature  Never  expose to 150   C exceeding 100 hours        Fig  51 Programming and testing of One Time PROM version       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          44 of 55 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT       FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT    Interrupt    7534 group permits interrupts on the 14 sources  for 42 pin version  13 sources for 36 pin version  and 12 sources for 32 pin version  It is vector  interrupts with a fixed priority system  Accordingly     when two or more interrupt requests occur during  the same sampling  the higher priority interrupt is  accepted first  This priority is determined by  hardware  but variety of priority processing can be  performed by software  using an interrupt enable  bit and an interrupt disable flag    For interrupt sources  vector addresses and interrupt  priority  refer to    Table 9        Table 9 Interrupt sources  vector addresses and interrupt priority                                                                   iii i Vector addresses  Note 1   nterrupt source iori i iti  p Priority High order I OW Order Interrupt request generating conditions Remarks  Reset  Note 2  1 F
185. his bit       1     Shift of transmission completed          Fig  2 3 17 Registers setting relevant to transmission side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 39 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Serial    2 register  address 31 16     b7         5102      Set transmission data    After confirming completion of the preceding  transmission  bit 5 of the interrupt request register 1      1      write data        Fig  2 3 18 Transmission data setting of serial 1 02    Serial 1 02 control register  address 30 16   b7 60                  olo   ofofi f   Internal synchronous clock   f X       64  SDATA pin   Input port S DATA input  LSB first  External clock             Transmit receive shift completion flag       Fig  2 3 19 Registers setting relevant to reception side       Rev 3 00      23  2006          40 of 78 134    NE SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O       Figure 2 3 20 shows a control procedure of transmission side  and Figure 2 3 21 shows a control  procedure of reception side     RESET      X  This bit is not used here  Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary     NES Note  When the internal clock is selected and the direction  Initialization register of P13 SDATA        is set to the input mode      Note  the SDATA pin is in a high impedance state  P1D address 0316        XXXX11XX2 after the data transfer is completed   SIO2CON  address 3016        010010112  Serial 1 02 setting  INTEDGE  addres
186. ig  3 4 6 Bypass capacitor across the Vss line and the Voc line                                             29  Fig  3 4 7 Analog signal line and a resistor and a capacitor                                                     30  Fig  3 4 8 Wiring for a large current                                  30  Fig  3 4 9 Wiring of signal lines where potential levels change frequently                              31  Fig  3 4 10 Vss pattern on the underside of an oscillator                         31  Fig  3 4 11 Setup for                           eranc atria qn               32  Fig  3 4 12 Watchdog timer by software                         33   Rev 3 00       23  2006          7 of 9           5  5          09  0178 0300    7534               List of figures    Fig  3 5 1 Structure of Port Pi  i   0 to 4                                   34  Fig  3 5 2 Structure of Port Pi direction register  i   0 to 4                                                      34  Fig  3 5 3 Structure of Pull up control register              42            1           35  Fig  3 5 4 Structure of Port P1P3 control register              35  Fig  3 5 5 Structure of Transmit Receive buffer register            2        36  Fig  3 5 6 Structure of UART status register                  36  Fig  3 5 7 Structure of USB status                                 37  Fig  3 5 8 Structure of Serial 1 01 control                                      38  Fig  3 5 9 Structure of UART control register                        
187. imer   By a reset or writing to the watchdog timer control register  address  003916   the watchdog timer H is set to  FF16  and the watchdog  timer L is set to  FF1e      Write  FF16  to the  watchdog timer    Operation of watchdog timer H count source selection bit   A watchdog timer H count source can be selected by bit 7 of the  watchdog timer control register  address 003916   When this bit is     0     the count source becomes a watchdog timer L underflow signal   The detection time is 174 763 ms at           6 MHz    When this bit is    1     the count source becomes           16  In this  case  the detection time is 683 us at           6 MHz    This bit is cleared to    0    after reset     Operation of STP instruction disable bit   When the watchdog timer is in operation  the STP instruction can be  disabled by bit 6 of the watchdog timer control register  address  003916     When this bit is    0     the STP instruction is enabled    When this bit is    1     the STP instruction is disabled  and an internal  reset occurs if the STP instruction is executed    Once this bit is set to    1     it cannot be changed to  0  by program   This bit is cleared to  0  after reset        Data bus             Write  FF16  to the  watchdog timer  control register    control register       0       Watchdog timer L  8  Q    XIN Q 1 16    1    Watchdog timer     8     Watchdog timer    count  source selection bit    Reset  circuit                STP Instruction Disable Bit J  STP In
188. implement safety measures so that Renesas products may not be easily detached from your  products  Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of such detachment   This document may not be reproduced or duplicated  in any form  in whole or in part  without prior written  approval from Renesas   Please contact a Renesas sales office if you have any questions regarding the information contained in this  document  Renesas semiconductor products  or if you have any other inquiries     General Precautions      the Handling of MPU MCU Products    The following usage notes are applicable to all MPU MCU products from Renesas  For detailed usage notes on the  products covered by this manual  refer to the relevant sections of the manual  If the descriptions under General  Precautions in the Handling of MPU MCU Products and in the body of the manual differ from each other  the description  in the body of the manual takes precedence        1  Handling of Unused Pins  Handle unused pins in accord with the directions given under Handling of Unused Pins in the manual       The input pins of CMOS products are generally in the high impedance state  In operation with an  unused pin in the open circuit state  extra electromagnetic noise is induced in the vicinity of LSI  an  associated shoot through current flows internally  and malfunctions occur due to the false  recognition of the pin state as an input signal become possible  Unused pins should be handled as  described under Hand
189. ined except for the    flag which is    1        Reset    Initializing of flags    Main program       Fig  3 3 6 Initialization of processor status register       How to reference the processor status register  To reference the contents of the processor status register  PS   execute the PHP instruction once  then read the contents of  5 1   If necessary  execute the PLP instruction to return the PS to its  original status   A NOP instruction should be executed after every PLP instruction     PLP instruction execution            Fig  3 3 7 Sequence of PLP instruction execution Fig  3 3 8 Stack memory contents after         instruction execution    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 21 of 70 zENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use     2  Decimal calculations      Execution of decimal calculations  The ADC and SBC are the only instructions which will yield proper decimal notation  set the  decimal mode flag  D  to  1  with the SED instruction  After executing the ADC or SBC instruction   execute another instruction before executing the SEC  CLC  or CLD instruction       Notes      status flag in decimal mode  When decimal mode is selected  the values of three of the flags in the status register  the N  V   and Z flags  are invalid after a ADC or SBC instruction is executed   The carry flag  C  is set to  1  if a carry is generated as a result of the calculation  or is cleared  to  0  if a borrow is generated  To determine whether a calculation has generated a 
190. ion of the same data is made possible    This can be used as a simplified PWM           Address   001816     P10 RXD O    Serial 1 01 control register   Address  001A16     Receive buffer full flag  RBF   Receive interrupt request  RI        SP Detector    UART Control Register  Address  001  16     Clock Control Circuit       BRG count source selection bit  XIN O       Division ratio 1  n 1     Baud Rate Generator    Address  001  16     ST SP PA Generator    P11 TXD       Transmit Buffer Register    Continuous transmit valid bit    Transmit Shift Register       Transmit shift register shift  completion flag  TSC   Transmit interrupt source selection bit  52 Transmit interrupt request           Transmit buffer empty flag  TBE     Serial      1 status register  Address  001916     Address   001816        Data bus       Fig  24 Block diagram of UART serial      1    Transmit Receive Clock    Transmit Buffer Register  Write Signal             Serial Output TXD d  1 Start Bit    74 7 or 8 Data Bit  gt     1 or 0 Parity Bit    Receive Buffer Register 1 or 2 Stop Bit    Read Signal    Serial Input RXD            Generated at second bit in 2 stop  bit       Notes 1   Error flag detection occurs at the same time that the RBF flag becomes    1     at 1st stop bit  during reception    2  The transmit interrupt        can be selected to occur when either the TBE or TSC flag becomes    1     depending on the setting of the transmit  interrupt source selection bit  TIC  of the serial 1 0
191. ion transfers the con               M tents of M to  M X    The contents of A remain  unchanged  but status flags are changed   M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        This instruction loads the immediate value in  M        This instruction loads the contents of M in X        This instruction loads the contents of M in Y                                               Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 60 of 70  REJO9BO01 78 0300            5  5    7534               APPENDIX    3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode    Processor status register       ABS  X   ABS  Y IND ZP  IND IND  X    IND  Y    REL       OP  n      OP    n       OP                        OP        OP           OP                                                                                                                                     Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 61 of 70  REJ09B0178 0300             5   5    7534               APPENDIX    3 8 Machine instructions       Function    Details    Addressing mode       A         A ZP BIT  ZP             JOP  n             OP                           This instruction shifts either    or M one bit to  the right such that bit 7 of the result always is  set to 0  and the bit 0 is stored in C     1 46 2       PC     PC   1    This instruction adds one to the PC but does  no otheroperation        ORA   Note 1     When T   0  A lt AVM    When T   1  M X      M X  V M    When T   0  this instruction transfers the con   tents of A and M 
192. is 500 kHz or more    Do not execute the STP instruction     3  Method to stabilize A D Converter  Method to stabilize A D Converter is described below    a  A D conversion accuracy could be affected for Bus Powered  USB devices  while the communicating   Figure 3 3 5 shows the method to stabilize A D conversion accuracy  inserting a capacitor between  Vref and Vss    1  Power supplied by USB Vcc BUS     ANo to AN7          m      USBVRerouT         0 01t01uF    7     1        7534 Group    1 to 10                                 0 1 to 1 uF Q   Recommends for A D accuracy       Fig  3 3 5 Method to stabilize A D conversion accuracy     b  It is recommended for A D accuracy to avoid converting while USB communication  and use  average value of several converted values     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 19 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use    3 3 4 Notes on watchdog timer    The internal reset may not be generated correctly in the middle speed mode  depending on the  underflow timing of the watchdog timer    When using the watchdog timer  operate the MCU in any mode other than the middle speed mode   i e   high speed  low speed or double speed mode      3 3 5 Notes on RESET pin     1  Connecting capacitor  In case where the RESET signal rise time is long  connect a ceramic capacitor or others across the  RESET pin and the Vss pin  And use a 1000 pF or more capacitor for high frequency use  When  connecting the capacitor  note the follo
193. is bit is read out  the value is    1                          Fig  2 3 3 Structure of UART status register    Serial 1 01 control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO    Serial 1 01 control register  SIO1CON   Address   1   16         Name     Function           E BRG count source x                           selection bit  CSS f XiN  4   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Ds is a write disabled bit  1 x   When this bit is read out  the value is  1      Continuous transmit valid bit   Continuous transmit invalid    Continuous transmit valid  3   Transmit interrupt   Interrupt when transmit buffer  source selection bit  TIC  has emptied  1   Interrupt when transmit shift  operation is completed  4   Transmit enable bit  TE  i   Transmit disabled    Transmit enabled  Receive enable bit  RE     Receive disabled    Receive enabled                Serial      1 enable bit     SIOE       port    Not available    UART mode    USB mode          Fig  2 3 4 Structure of Serial      1 control register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 30 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    UART control register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    UART control register  UARTCON   Address   1B 16       Name   Function            et  pues       selection bit  CHAS 7 bits       7   Parity checking disabled  PARE    Parity checking enabled  oe qe       PARS Odd parit  Jg Stop bit length selection i    bit  STPS     4   P11 TxD P channel In output mode        0   CMOS output  output d
194. isable bit 1   N channel open drain   POFF  output    Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits   When these bits are read out  the values are    1                          Fig  2 3 5 Structure of UART control register    Baud rate generator  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Baud rate generator  BRG   Address   1C 16     W                  AGE  Ge              Ka                                         Fig  2 3 6 Structure of Baud rate generator    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 31 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    Serial 1   2 control register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Serial 1 02 control register  5102         Address   30 16     B                   Funcion 1 Atreset  RWI  Internal synchronous     Rage  i   s IN  clock selection bits NER    f XiN  32           64    T   XJ 28    f XiN  256    Spara pin selection bit      port              input   Note               output          4   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Te is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0                          IE  1  MSB first  0   External clock  S        is input            1   Internal clock  8        is output  T  l    completion flag 1   shift completed    Note  When using it as a            input  set the port         direction register bit to    0                    Fig  2 3 7 Structure of Serial  02 control register    Serial 1 02 register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO    Serial l O2 register  5102 
195. ister and port P3 register     50    Pull up control register   PULL  address 0016 16     POo pull up control bit    P01 pull up control bit                   pull up control bit  P04     P07 pull up control bit  P30     P33 pull up control bit  P34 pull up control bit       0  Pull up off  1  Pull up on  Initial value  FF 16    P35  P36 pull up control bit       P37 pull up control bit    Note   Pins set to output ports are disconnected from pull up control        Fig  14 Structure of pull up control register    50    Port P1P3 control register   P1P3C  address 0017 16     P37 INTo input level selection bit  0   CMOS level  1  TTL level    P3e INT1 input level selection bit  0   CMOS level  1  TTL level    P10 P12 P13 input level selection bit  0   CMOS level  1  TTL level    Not used       Fig  15 Structure of port P1P3 control register       Rev 3 00       23  2006 page 16 of 55  REJO9BO01 78 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Table 5 I O port function table    Pin    00   07              Port            P10 RxD D     P11 TxD D     P12 ScLk  P13 SDATA    P14 CNTRo    P15    16    Port P1         20            P27 AN7    Port P2                    5    P3e6 INT1    P37 INTo    Port P3       P40  P41       Port P4       Input output    I O individual  bits                                   format Non port function Related SFRs Diagram No     CMOS compatible input level   Key input interrupt Pull up control register  1    CMOS 3 sta
196. it Q       Toggle       flip flo               Port P14 latch Timer X latch write    Port P14 direction Pulse output mode  register             Pulse output mode          Prescaler 12 latch  8  Timer 1 latch  8  Timer 2 latch  8     To timer 2  f XiN  16           9     Prescaler 12  8  Timer 1  8  Timer 2  8           interrupt    request bit       To timer 1    interrupt  request bit          Fig  23 Block diagram of timer X  timer 1 and timer 2       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          24 of 55 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Serial Interface    Serial 1   1       Asynchronous serial I O  UART  mode  Serial 1 01        be used as an asynchronous  UART  serial I O      dedicated timer  baud rate generator  is also provided for baud rate  generation when serial 1   1 is in operation   Eight serial data transfer formats can be selected  and the transfer  formats to be used by a transmitter and a receiver must be identi   cal   Each of the transmit and receive shift registers has a buffer register     the same address on memory   Since the shift register cannot be  written to or read from directly  transmit data is written to the trans   mit buffer  and receive data is read from the respective buffer regis   ters  These buffer registers can also hold the next data to be trans   mitted and receive 2 byte receive data in succession    By selecting    1    for continuous transmit valid bit  bit 2 of SIO1CON    continuous transmiss
197. it is set              Timer X mode register   TM   Address 002B 16     Timer X operating mode bits  b1 50                                           0 0            mode   0 1 Pulse output mode   1 0  Event counter mode   1 1 Pulse width measurement mode    CNTR0 active edge switch bit  0   Interrupt at falling edge  Count at rising edge   in event counter mode     Interrupt at rising edge  Count at falling edge   in event counter mode           Timer X count stop bit  0   Count start  1   Count stop                   Not used  return    0    when read     Fig  21 Structure of timer X mode register               Timer count source set register   TCSS   Address 002E 16         Timer X count source selection bit  Note   0   f XIN  16  1   f XIN  2                                                          Not used  return  0  when read     Note   To switch the timer X count source selection bit    stop the timer X count operation     Fig  22 Timer count source set register       Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 23 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300             5   5    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION          Data bus       Prescaler X latch  8  Timer X latch  8   Pulse width      Timer mode  Timer X count measurement  source selection bit   mode pulse output mode    To timer X  CNTRo active Prescaler X  8  Timer X  8  interrupt    edge switch bit EM  PION TES aps Event      0 counter Timer X count stop bit    mode To CNTRo  D    interrupt  request bit       CNTRo active  edge switch b
198. itch the detection edge      Reason  The interrupt circuit recognizes the switching of the detection edge as the change of external input  signals  This may cause an unnecessary interrupt      2  Check of interrupt request bit  When executing the BBC or BBS instruction to an interrupt request bit of an interrupt request register  immediately after this bit is set to    0    by using a data transfer instruction  execute one or more  instructions before executing the BBC or BBS instruction       Reason  Clear the interrupt request bit to    0     no interrupt issued  If the BBC or BBS instruction is executed     immediately after an interrupt request bit of    an interrupt request register is cleared to   0   the value of the interrupt request bit           before being cleared to  0  is read   Execute the BBC or BBS instruction    NOP  one or more instructions     Data transfer instruction   LDM  LDA  STA  STX  and STY instructions    Fig  3 3 2 Sequence of check of interrupt request bit       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 17 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 3 Notes on use     3  Structure of interrupt control register 1  Fix the bit 7 of the interrupt control register 1 to    O     Figure 3 3 3 shows the structure of the interrupt  control register 1        b7 50  Interrupt control register 1  address  003  16   Interrupt enable bit    Not used  fix this bit to 70            Fig  3 3 3 Structure of interrupt control register 1    3 3 2 Notes on se
199. itial value N should have a margin      Watches the operation of the interrupt processing routine by comparing the SWDT contents with  counts of interrupt processing after the initial value N has been set      Detects that the interrupt processing routine has failed and determines to branch to the program  initialization routine for recovery processing in the following case   If the SWDT contents do not change after interrupt processing       The interrupt processing routine      Decrements the SWDT contents by 1 at each interrupt processing      Determines that the main routine operates normally when the SWDT contents are reset to the  initial value N at almost fixed cycles  at the fixed interrupt processing count       Detects that the main routine has failed and determines to branch to the program initialization  routine for recovery processing in the following case   If the SWDT contents are not initialized to the initial value N but continued to decrement and if  they reach 0 or less     Main routine Interrupt processing routine  m     SWDT     N  SWDT   lt    SWDT    1                         CLI   Interrupt processing                Main processing           Return       Interrupt processing Main routine  routine errors errors       Fig  3 4 12 Watchdog timer by software    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 33 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    3 5 List of registers    Port Pi  67 66 b5 64 b3 62 b1       Port Pi         i  
200. l pulse frequency  measurement of pulse width of FG pulse  for a  motor   see Application example 4   Measurement of external pulse duty  when the frequency is fixed     FG pulse   Pulse used for detecting the motor speed to control the motor speed     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 16 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer     2  Timer application example 1  Clock function  measurement of 100 ms   Outline  The input clock is divided by the timer so that the clock can count up at 100 ms intervals   Specifications            clock f Xin    6 00 MHz is divided by the timer             clock is counted up in the process routine of the timer X interrupt which occurs  at 100 ms intervals     Figure 2 2 11 shows the timers connection and setting of division ratios  Figure 2 2 12 shows the  relevant registers setting  Figure 2 2 13 shows the control procedure     Timer X count source Timer X interrupt  selection bit Prescaler X Timer X request bit x    f XiN    6 00 MHz 1 16 1 147 1 256 1 10 Bi    Dividing by 4 with software              100      1                 0   No interrupt request issued  1   Interrupt request issued       Fig  2 2 11 Timers connection and setting of division ratios    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 17 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Timer count source set register  address 2E 16       Timer X count source   f XiN  16    Interrupt edge selection register  address 3A  6     INTEDGE 01111    
201. led  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION                                                                                                                                                                      Fig  30 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  2     USB data toggle synchronization register     TRSYNC  address 001016   Not used  return    1    when read   Sequence bit toggle flag    0  No toggle  1  Sequence toggle    CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Clear  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set    USB interrupt source discrimination register 1     USBIR1  address 001  16   Not used  return    1    when read   Endpoint determination flag    0  Endpoint 0 interrupt  1  Endpoint 1 interrupt    CPU read  Enabled  CPU write  Disabled  Hardware read  Not used  Hardware write  Set Clear    USB interrupt source discrimination register 2     USBIR2  address 001  16   Not used  return    1    when read     Suspend request flag  0  No request  1  Suspend request    USB reset request flag  0  No request  1  Reset request    Not used  return    1    when read     Token PID determination flag  0  SETUP interrupt  1  OUT interrupt    Token interrupt flag  0  No request  1  Token request    USB interrupt control register   USBICON  address 002016     Not used  return    1    when read     Endpoint 1 enable  0  Endpoint 1 invalid  1  Endpoint 1 valid    USB reset interrupt enable  0 
202. led  Set  Write only    1    enabled  Clear  Write only    0    enabled  Dummy  Initializing by dummy write enabled    H W RD  Read by hardware  Use  used by hardware  data is no change     H W WR  Write by hardware  Set Clear  Write    0        1    is executed by hardware  Set  Write only    1    is executed by hardware  Clear  Write only    0    is executed by hardware    Shaded area  no R W function       Fig  2 4 6 Description of the register structure       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 57 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    Transmit buffer register  TB   Address 18 16     CPU   CPU  RD   WR        After setting data to address 0018 16  Set  o       the data is transferred to the transmit Clear  shift register automatically     Transmit buffer empty flag  TxRDY  is cleared by writing data to this register         an ied ps                 e r CPU            HW  Hw  RD  WR   RD  WR    Initial value                by reading data from address 001816    ble Clear    USB status Lb   USBSTS   Address 19 16   b7 bb b4 b3 b2 bl 50    1 RD   WR RD  WR    Initial value  5 e ELIT E    empty flag 1  Buffer empty ble Clear  This bit is set to    1    when data is transferred from buffer to shift register by hardware   This bit is cleared to    0    by writing to buffer     EOP detection flag   0  Not detected Ena   Clear Set  1  Detect ble    Setting condition of this flag to    1    is as follows      Normal EOP detected by hardware     False 
203. led bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  2 5 6 Structure of Interrupt request register 1    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 73 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 5 A D converter    Interrupt control register 1  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 61 bO    Interrupt control register 1  ICON1   Address   3E 16     B  Name         Function  aese  R  W  e            interrupt enable bit ami enabled   UART transmit USBSETUP       Interrupt disabled   OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt enabled   Resume INT  interrupt enable    INTo interrupt enable bit   Interrupt disabled   Note 2    Interrupt enabled             3   Timer X or key on wake up   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit     Interrupt enabled   4   Timer 1 interrupt enable bit 0   Interrupt disabled  1   Interrupt enabled   5   Timer 2 or serial 1   2 interrupt   0   Interrupt disabled  enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled  CNTRo or AD converter 0   Interrupt disabled  interrupt enable bit 1   Interrupt enabled             7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  Do not write  1  to this bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0        Notes 1  36        version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  2 5 7 Structure of Interrupt control register 1    Rev 3 00 Oct23  2006          74 of 78 1324    NESAS  REJO9B01 78 0300  
204. levant to I O port    2 1 2 Relevant registers    Port Pi  b7 66 b5 64 63 b2 bi bO  Port Pi  Pi   i   0 to 4   Address   00 16  0216  0416  0616  0816     B  ___            Function  jacse R w   ppm 0 re         pp  Write      544          n input mode   mme   BE  Read   Value of pins   PP                     ee                 Note  The following ports do not exist  so that the corresponding bits are not used     42 pin version  Ports P17  P42 P47      36 pin version  Ports   15   17  P36    40   47    32 pin version  Ports P15   P17  P26  P27  P35 P37    40   47                      Fig  2 1 2 Structure of Port Pi  i   0 to 4     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 2 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    Port Pi direction register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Port Pi direction register  PiD   i 2 O to 4   Address   01 16  0316  0516  0716  0916     W   0   Port Pioinput mode x   1   Port Pio output mode   0   Port Pi  input mode x   1   Port Pi  output mode   0   Port Pizinput mode x   1   Port Pie output mode   0   Port                  mode    1   Port Pis output mode  0   Port      input mode  1   Port        output mode  0   Port Pisinput mode  1   Port Pis output mode    0   Port Pieinput mode x  1   Port Pie output mode  0   Port        input mode     1   Port        output mode  Note  The following ports do not exist  so that the corresponding bits are not used     42 pin version  Ports P17    42   4      e 36 pin version  Ports   15   17
205. ling of Unused Pins in the manual   2  Processing at Power on  The state of the product is undefined at the moment when power is supplied       The states of internal circuits in the LSI are indeterminate and the states of register settings and pins  are undefined at the moment when power is supplied   In a finished product where the reset signal is applied to the external reset pin  the states of pins are  not guaranteed from the moment when power is supplied until the reset process is completed   In a similar way  the states of pins in a product that is reset by an on chip power on reset function  are not guaranteed from the moment when power is supplied until the power reaches the level at  which resetting has been specified   3  Prohibition of Access to Reserved Addresses  Access to reserved addresses is prohibited       The reserved addresses are provided for the possible future expansion of functions  Do not access  these addresses  the correct operation of LSI is not guaranteed if they are accessed   4  Clock Signals  After applying a reset  only release the reset line after the operating clock signal has become stable   When switching the clock signal during program execution  wait until the target clock signal has  stabilized       When the clock signal is generated with an external resonator  or from an external oscillator  during  a reset  ensure that the reset line is only released after full stabilization of the clock signal  Moreover   when switching to a clock 
206. mmunicate  ADDR  and transfer type  ENDP     data  execution  DATA  of the processing ordered by the token    handshake  the completion of the communication  Figure 2 4 2 shows the data structure of the packet     Packet type  8bits 8bits 11bits 5bits 2bits    SOF    8bits 8bits Tbits 4bits 5bits 2bits    8bits 8bits 8bits X 0 to 8bytes 16bits 2bits    Data       PD ono           8bits 8bits 2bits    Notes 1  The shaded parts show the data which requires processing by software in 7534 Group   2  The DATA number of data PID shows the number in L S   3  Determination of  Start Of Frame  is not executed because the processing is not required        Fig  2 4 2 Data structure of USB packet    In 7534 Group  the PID  ADDR  ENDP and DATA of packet structure data in Figure 2 4 2 can be  controlled by software     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          52 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     5  Data structure  Data which composes the communication of USB transmits and receives data that the structure  number of bits is different as shown in Figure 2 4 2 continuously by the LSB first   Basically  the contents except SYNC which is synchronizing signal and EOP which is the completion  signal are treated as data   Accordingly  the difference of the number of bits can be detected by forecasting and determining the  following data from the content of PID   Table 2 4 3 shows the content of data which composes the packet     Table 2 4 3 Data structure of USB packet
207. mmunication line    device confirms the normal data transfer of host   The confirmation transfer is transmitted by host side for each frame  1ms frame  which is the basic  time unit of the USB transfer   When the host stops all the device  the host informs device of the stop of functions by suspending  the confirmation transfer for 3 ms or more   The signal to stop the function is called  Suspend    The stopped device can be returned by 2 methods   The return is performed basically when there is a change in the device in the stopped state   One is a method  change on communications line  to return to a normal state by restarting the data  communication which is suspended before suspend   The signal to return is called  Resume    The other is a method  change on the device  to return to a normal state by the change in an external  input of the device   The host can inform all the other connected devices of the return of the device by the change in an  external input by outputting K state signal of 1 to 15 ms   The signal to activate for other devices is called  Remote wake up    When the SEO signal of 2 5 us or more is input on communications line regardless of the state of  the stop start of the function of the device side  the packet  and the stage processing  the device  makes all states concerning the USB function initial state   The signal to initialize is called  Reset      Table 2 4 5 shows a special signal of USB     Table 2 4 5 Special signal of USB             Signal
208. n 1XXX  IN token interrupt of DATA 0 1 is valid Ena    Set    Use  lag  OUT STALL  01XX  STALL handshake is valid for IN token ble Clea    00XX         handshake is valid for IN token    Endpoint 0 PID selection boo  STALL handshake is valid for OUT       lag  OUT         token ble  Clea   Endpoint 0        selection xx10  ACK handshake is valid for OUT token Ena    Set    Use   lag  IN STALL XX00  NAK handshake is valid for OUT token ble Clea  Endpoint 0 PID selection Ena    Set    Use  Clear  lag  IN DATAO 1  ble  Clea    DPIDO and SPIDOI are used to control the response for IN token    DPIDO is used with the token interrupt enable flag  TKNE     DPIDO is cleared to  0  automatically by hardware when ACK is received   SPIDOO        APIDO are used to control the response for OUT token     When DPIDO is changed during token packet  the changed value is valid after end  of token           X it can be set to O or 1   USB PID control register 1  EP1PID   Address 24 16   67 b6 65 b4 63 62 bi                 T I T T T    0 RD WR RD  WR    Initial value 0  Endpoint 1 PID selection 1X  IN token interrupt of DATAO 1 is valid Ena    Set    Use  01  STALL handshake is valid for IN token Clea      00         handshake is valid for IN token  Endpoint 1 PID selection Ena    Set    Use  Clear  DPID1 and SPID1 are used to control the response for IN token   DPID1 is used with the token interrupt enable flag  TKNE    DPID1 is cleared to  0  automatically by hardware when        is received  
209. nal synchronous  clock selection bits   nye    f XiN  32    f XiN  64                15 3 28     256    4 ROT is allocated for this bit  E is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is AE    u aa    MSB first  sr   I External clock  S        is input            Internal clock San is output   mmu imum   gt  PE  completion flag 1   shift completed    Note  When using it as               input  set the port P13 direction register bit to    0                    Fig  3 5 28 Structure of Serial 1 02 control register    Serial 1   2 register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Serial 1   2 register  5102   Address   31 16     A shift register for serial transmission and reception  EAER     At transmitting   Set a transmission data      At receiving   A reception data is stored          KAGE                  ER  EN                         Fig  3 5 29 Structure of Serial 1   2 register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 47 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    A D control register  67 b6 25 b4 b3 b2 61 bO             A D control register  ADCON   Address   3416     b2 b1 60  0   P2o ANo  1     21        0   P22 AN2  1   P23 AN3  0   P24 AN4  1   P25 AN5  0   P2e ANe  1   P27 AN7                                             3   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is    write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0        4   AD conversion completion bit 0   onversion      progress 1    1   Conversion comple
210. nter     Notes on use   When the active edge of an external interrupt  INTo  INT1              is   set  the interrupt request bit may be set    Therefore  please take following sequence    1  Disable the external interrupt which is selected    2  Change the active edge in interrupt edge selection register   in  case of CNTRo  Timer X mode register    3  Clear the set interrupt request bit to    0       4  Enable the external interrupt which is selected                                                                              Vector addresses  Note 1  R k  nterrupt source iori i iti  p Priority High order iow order Interrupt request generating conditions emarks  Reset  Note 2  1 FFFD16 FFFCie   At reset input Non maskable  UART receive 2 FFFB16 FFFA16 At completion of UART data receive Valid in UART mode  USB IN token At detection of IN token Valid in USB mode  UART transmit 3 FFF916 FFF816 At completion of UART transmit shift or Valid in UART mode  when transmit buffer is empty  USB SETUP OUT token At detection of SETUP OUT token or Valid in USB mode  Reset Suspend Resume At detection of Reset  Suspend  Resume           At detection of either rising or falling edge External interrupt  of INT1 input  active edge selectable   INTo 4 FFF716 FFF616 At detection of either rising or falling edge External interrupt  of INTo input  active edge selectable   Timer X 5 FFF516 FFF416 At timer X underflow  Key on wake up At falling of conjunction of input logical External interrupt  v
211. on mode             ports       Set the I O ports for the input mode and connect them to Vcc or Vss through each resistor of  1      to 10        Ports that permit the selecting of a built in pull up resistor can also use this resistor  Set the        ports for the output mode and open them at    L    or            When opening them in the output mode  the input mode of the initial status remains until the  mode of the ports is switched over to the output mode by the program after reset  Thus  the  potential at these pins is undefined and the power source current may increase in the input  mode  With regard to an effects on the system  thoroughly perform system evaluation on the user  side   Since the direction register setup may be changed because of a program runaway or noise  set  direction registers by program periodically to increase the reliability of program      2  Termination remarks       Input ports and I O ports    Do not open in the input mode       Reason    The power source current may increase depending on the first stage circuit     An effect due to noise may be easily produced as compared with proper termination      and    shown on the above        I O ports    When setting for the input mode  do not connect to Vcc or Vss directly       Reason  If the direction register setup changes for the output mode because of a program runaway or    noise  a short circuit may occur between a port and         or   55         I O ports    When setting for the input mode 
212. on of these signals can be recognized by the interrupt request   The interrupt to a special signal is all included in the OUT token interrupt     IN token interrupt  IN token  endpoint 0  and IN token  endpoint 1   OUT token interrupt  OUT token  SETUP token  Reset  Suspend  and Resume    The remote wake up function is used to output signals when to output as USB function is required  for the return from the stopped state by an external input   Figure 2 4 18 shows timing chart of each signal     1  Resume interrupt return from Suspend    Keep alive No change of Reset signal input   1 ms interval  communication line  2 5 us or more    i i  3 ms or more    i 1 i             gt   1 1 1    D pin state                                          STP instruction executed    Microcomputer   operation 1       Suspend interrupt occurs Resume interrupt occurs Reset interrupt occurs  1    1 t    OUT token interrupt   Interrupt processing    Po      Suspend request flag                  USB reset request flag   RSTRQ     Resume interrupt enable   RSME     2  External interrupt return from SUSPEND    Keep alive No change of    Reset signal input   1 ms interval  communication line Remote wake up signal output  2 5 us or more   AE   3 ms or more    1  10 ms  H        1        4                            1           EE e    STP instruction executed     Microcomputer n   operation    OUT token interrupt   Interrupt processing     Suspend request flag   SPRQ     USB reset request flag   RSTRQ  
213. or P13 latch    P13 SDATA  O              SDATA pin selection bit       Fig  35 Block diagram of serial 1 02    Serial I O shift register 2  8                 Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 34 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Serial 1 02 operation   By writing to the serial 1   2 register address 003116  the serial    2  counter is set to    7       After writing  the SDATA pin outputs data every time the transfer clock  shifts from a high to a low level  And  as the transfer clock shifts from  a low to a high  the SDATA pin reads data  and at the same time the  contents of the serial 1   2 register are shifted by 1 bit    When the internal clock is selected as the transfer clock source  the  following operations execute as the transfer clock counts up to 8      Serial    2 counter is cleared to  0       Transfer clock stops at an          level      Interrupt request bit is set      Shift completion flag is set    Also  the SDATA pin is in a high impedance state after the data trans   fer is complete  Refer to Figure 36    When the external clock is selected as the transfer clock source  the  interrupt request bit is set as the transfer clock counts up to 8  but  external control of the clock is required since it does not stop  Notice  that the SDATA pin is not in a high impedance state on the completion  of data transfer        Synchronous clock       Transfer clock                      Serial 1 02 register  write 
214. ource             16      fale  selection bit  Note   f X N    2  EX    Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits   When these bits are read out  the values are    0                ERE   End                            Note  To switch the timer X count source selection bit  stop the timer X count  operation before do that        Fig  2 2 7 Structure of Timer count source set register    Interrupt edge selection register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Interrupt edge selection register  INTEDGE   Address        16       Name       Function     At reset  pss interrupt edge ve Falling edge active                 DE  selection bit  Note 1    Rising edge active           interrupt edge 7   Falling edge active  selection bit  Note 2  1   Rising edge active    When these bits are read out  the values are    0              EE  4   Serial 1 01 or INT   interrupt 0   Serial      1   selection bit 1  INT   5   Timer X or key on wake up 0   Timer X   interrupt selection bit 1   Key on wake up   Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt  0  Timer 2   selection bit 1   Serial 1 02  7              or AD converter 0   CNTRo   interrupt selection bit 1   AD converter  Notes 1  32 pin version  Not used    This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0        2  36 pin and 32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0                    Fig  2 2 8 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register    Re
215. ows the  relevant registers setting  Figure 2 2 20 shows the control procedure     Input pulse                 lt        71 4 us or more mE    50 us or less   14 kHz or less       20     2                            Invalid  gt  i Invalid    2 15 _ 58 counts    2ms        2ms _  4  71 4 us 50 us            Fig  2 2 18 Judgment method of valid invalid of input pulses    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 23 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Interrupt edge selection register  address      16     wwreoce     fo                      gt  Timer X or key on wake up interrupt selection    Timer X    Timer X mode register  address 2B 16     b7                       Timer X operating mode  Event counter mode     gt  GNTRo active edge switch  Falling edge count    Timer X count  Stop  Clear to    0    when starting count    Prescaler 12  address 28 16   b7 60    93    Timer 1  address 2916   67    t Set    division ratio     1       Prescaler X  address 2C 16   b7 50       Timer X  address 2D 16  b7 bo  Set 255 just before counting pulses  255  After    certain time has passed  the number of input    pulses is decreased from this value      Interrupt control register 1  address 3E 16   b7 60                  Timer    interrupt  Disabled  Timer 1 interrupt  Enabled    Interrupt request register 1  address 3C 16   b7 60    mo               Judgment of Timer    interrupt  request bit        1    of this bit when reading the  count value indicates the 25
216. peed function  F S   USB operation at 12Mbps     Low Speed function  L S   USB operation at 1 5Mbps     This communication standard depends on the kind of peripherals   The transfer type for each peripheral is decided     Table 2 4 1 shows the transfer types of USB     Table 2 4 1 Transfer types of USB         Transfer type  L S  F S  H S  Operation  Control          L S JF S  H S   This is used when setting up and for all devices common              Interrupt L S  F S  H S   This is used when transferring a small amount of data in real time   Bulk This is used when transferring a large amount of data in no real time   Isochronous This is used when transferring a large amount of data in real time     L S   Low Speed function  F S   Full Speed function  H S   Hi Speed function    The 7534 Group has USB Low Speed function  and the control transfer and interrupt transfer can be  used in Table 2 4 1    Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          50 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     2  Communication sequence  The control transfer and the interrupt transfer have a different communication sequence  respectively   The control transfer is used when setting up all devices common and communicates combining 3  types of stages in one processing   The communication starts first in Setup Stage  and Data Stage of the content is executed  and then   one processing of the communication sequence is completed by executing Status Stage   Data can be set from host to device 
217. register                               Interrupt request register 1  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 61 bO    Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1   Address   3C 16       Name     Function              receive USBIN token PE EE NNNM interrupt request issued  interrupt request bit   Interrupt request issued    UART transmit USBSETUP   0  No interrupt request issued  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt request issued  Resume INT1 interrupt    request bit  Note 1     INTo interrupt request bit M No interrupt request issued   Note 2    Interrupt request issued             3   Timer X or key on wake up x No interrupt request issued    interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued   4   Timer 1 interrupt request bit  0  No interrupt request issued     1   Interrupt request issued   5   Timer 2 or serial 1 02 interrupt   0   No interrupt request issued    request bit 1   Interrupt request issued   CNTRo or AD converter 0   No interrupt request issued     interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued             7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0            These bits can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set   Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    O           Fig  2 3 10 Structure of Interrupt request register 1    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2
218. release the STP or WIT  state  interrupt enable bits must be set to    1    before the STP or  WIT instruction is executed   When the STP status is released  prescaler 12 and timer 1 will start  counting clock which is XIN divided by 16  so set the timer 1 inter   rupt enable bit to    0    before the STP instruction is executed     Note   For use with the oscillation stabilization set bit after release of the  STP instruction set to    1     set values in timer 1 and prescaler  12 after fully appreciating the oscillation stabilization time of the  oscillator to be used       Clock mode  Operation is started by an on chip oscillator after releasing reset   A division ratio  1 1 1 2 1 8  is selected by setting bits 7 and 6 of the  CPU mode register after releasing it                      Note   Insert a damping resistor if required   The resistance will vary depending on the oscillator and the  oscillation drive capacity setting   Use the value recommended by the maker of the oscillator   Also  if the oscillator manufacturer s data sheet specifies that  a feedback resistor be added external to the chip though a    feedback resistor exists on chip  insert a feedback resistor  between        and Xour following the instruction        Fig  45 External circuit of ceramic resonator    External oscillation  circuit    ve       Vss    Fig  46 External clock input circuit          MISRG Address 0038 16                                        Oscillation stabilization time set bit after 
219. rial         1  Handling of serial 1   1 clear    When serial l O1 is set again      the transmit receive operation is stopped restarted while serial 1 01  is operating  clear the serial l O1 as shown in Figure 3 3 4     SIO1CON  address 1A16  bit 7  bit 6     102 e Serial    1 enabled    Handling of clear serial 1 01    SIO1CON  address 1A16  bit 7  bit 6  lt  112 e Serial    1 cleared  SIO1CON  address 1  16  bit 7  bit 6     002 e Serial    1 disabled    UARTCON  address 1Bt16   BRG  address 1C16             Set again  Note         Serial 1   1 register set again    SIO1CON  address 1  16      10XXXXXX        ial 1 01    Set again  Note  Serial    1 enabled             Note  When the contents of register is not changed  setting again is not necessary        Fig  3 3 4 Sequence of clearing serial           2  Data transmission control with referring to transmit shift register completion flag  The transmit shift register completion flag changes from    1    to    0    with a delay of 0 5 to 1 5 shift  clocks  When data transmission is controlled with referring to the flag after writing the data to the  transmit buffer register  note the delay      3  Writing transmit data  When an external clock is used as the synchronous clock for the clock synchronous serial I O  write  the transmit data to the transmit buffer register  serial       shift register  at  H  of the transfer clock  input level     Rev 3 00        23  2006 page 18 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    
220. ring condition         85   C  Voi lor characteristics of N channel  normal port    same charactersistics pins  POo   P07    10   16    2     27  P37  P4o  P41      lt          9                    5  o  4  2  a  g  2  o        L  output voltage         V        Fig  3 2 10 VoL loL characteristic example of N channel  Ta   85   C   Normal port    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 12 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    Measuring condition  Ta   25   C  Voi lor characteristics of N channel  LED drive port    same charactersistics pins             6      lt          9         o  2      5  o  ub  2  a  g  2  o        L  output voltage         V        Fig  3 2 11 VoL loL characteristic example of N channel  Ta   25   C   LED drive port    Measuring condition  Ta   85   C  Vo    lot characteristics of N channel  LED drive port    same charactersistics pins             6      lt x   amp   a  2             2     2  o     2  a  2  2  o          L    output voltage VoL  V        Fig  3 2 12 VoL loL characteristic example N channel  Ta   85   C   LED drive port    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 13 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 2 Typical characteristics    Measuring condition     L    input current of port at pull up transistor connected   same charactersistics pins    0     0    P3o P37      lt                            2            2               40 45    Power source voltage Vcc  V        Fig  3 2 13    L 
221. ronics products  or if you have any other inquiries      Note 1     Renesas Electronics  as used in this document means Renesas Electronics Corporation and also includes its majority     owned subsidiaries      Note 2     Renesas Electronics product s     means any product developed or manufactured by or for Renesas Electronics      Z          5  5    C  7  D  me       lt   D        D    7534 Group    User   s Manual  RENESAS 8 BIT SINGLE CHIP    MICROCOMPUTER  740 FAMILY   740 SERIES       Renesas Electronics  Rev 3 00 2006 10    www renesas com    10     11     12     13     Notes regarding these materials    This document is provided for reference purposes only so that Renesas customers may select the appropriate  Renesas products for their use  Renesas neither makes warranties or representations with respect to the  accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this document nor grants any license to any  intellectual property rights or any other rights of Renesas or any third party with respect to the information in  this document   Renesas shall have no liability for damages or infringement of any intellectual property or other rights arising  out of the use of any information in this document  including  but not limited to  product data  diagrams  charts   programs  algorithms  and application circuit examples   You should not use the products or the technology described in this document for the purpose of military  applications such as the development of we
222. rrupt enabled     Timer X count source            16    Set  division ratio     1  to Prescaler X and Timer X     Timer X count start     Interrupts enabled     Reset Timer to restart count from 0 second after completion  of clock set    Note 1  Perform procedure for completion of clock set only  when completing clock set     Note 2  When using Index X mode flag  T   Note 3  When using Decimal mode flag  D    Push registers used in interrupt process routine     Judge whether clock stops     Clock count up     Pop registers pushed to stack    2 2 Timer          Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 19 of 78 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group     3  Timer application example 2  Piezoelectric buzzer output    APPLICATION    2 2 Timer    Outline  The rectangular waveform output function of the timer is applied for a piezoelectric buzzer    output     Specifications            rectangular waveform  dividing the clock f Xin    6 00 MHz into about 2 kHz     1995 Hz   is output from the P14 CNTRo pin               level of the P14 CNTRo pin is fixed to          while a piezoelectric buzzer output    stops     Figure 2 2 14 shows a peripheral circuit example  and Figure 2 2 15 shows the timers connection and  setting of division ratios  Figures 2 2 16 shows the relevant registers setting  and Figure 2 2 17    shows the control procedure     The          level is output while a piezoelectric buzzer output stops                         6      4  CNTRo output    P14 CNTRo    250 us 250 us    S
223. rs    Pull up control register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi bO    Pull up control register  PULL   Address   16 16                     pull up control bit      Pull up         Pull up On  PO  pull up control bit  E   Pull up Off  1   Pull up On  2   P02  POspull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On       P04   PO  pull up control bit  0  Pull up      1  1   Pull up On  4   P30     P33 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  5   P34 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1  1   Pull up On  P35         pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1   Note 2  1   Pull up On  7  P37 pull up control bit 0   Pull up Off 1   Note 3  1   Pull up On  Notes 1  Pins set to output are disconnected from the pull up control   2    36 pin version  P36 is not existed       32 pin version  Not used   3  32 pin version  Not used        Fig  3 5 3 Structure of Pull up control register    Port P1P3 control register  b7 06 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi         Port P1P3 control register  P1P3C   Address   17 16     B  ___            Function         jArese   P37 INTo input level selection      CMOS level  bit  Note 1   TTL level  P3e INT  input level selection   CMOS level  bit  Note 2    TTL level  Pio  P12 P13 input level I CMOS level  selection bit   TTL level                            Notes 1  For the 32 pin version  nothing is allocated for this bit   This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0      2  For the 32 pin and 36 pin versions  nothing is allocated for thi
224. ructure of USB packet 2                 52  Fig  2 4 3 USB  L S   interface  iier                                                55  Fig  2 4 4 USB  L S   connection example                     55  Fig  2 4 5 Memory map of registers relevant to 0  5                    56  Fig  2 4 6 Description of the register structure                                      57  Fig  2 4 7 Register structures relevant to USB  1        58  Fig  2 4 8 Register structures relevant to USB  2                    sse 59  Fig  2 4 9 Register structures relevant to USB  3     60  Fig  2 4 10 Register structures relevant to USB  4       61  Fig  2 4 11 Control method of control sequence                       62  Fig  2 4 12 Timing chart of the transaction according to each token                                       63  Fig  2 4 13 USB interrupt processing example  OUT token                                                       65  Fig  2 4 14 USB interrupt processing example  IN                        66  Fig  2 4 15 Data read timing of SETUP                                 67  Fig  2 4 16 Data read timing of OUT                                  67  Fig  2 4 17 Data read timing of IN token  endpoint 0  and IN token  endpoint 1  token      67  Fig  2 4 18 Timing chart of each signal                         nennen nennen nennen 68  Fig  2 4 19 Example for determination of resume                                     69  Fig  2 4 20 Processing for width of SEO                             69  Fig  2 4 21 Coun
225. rupt when transmit buffer  source selection bit  TIC  has emptied  1   Interrupt when transmit shift  operation is completed  4   Transmit enable bit        0   Transmit disabled  1  Transmit enabled  Receive enable bit  RE    Receive disabled    Receive enabled                   Serial      1 enable bit    SIOE     O port    Not available    UART mode    USB mode          Fig  3 5 8 Structure of Serial  01 control register    UART control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 50    UART control register  UARTCON   Address   1B 16       Name  2 Funtn            lu pne ee  selection bit  CHAS 7 bits   eee es                   DI  PARE Parity checking enabled                                 5    Odd parit    Stop bit length selection 7   1 stop bit         bit  STPS  1 2 stop bits    4   P11 TxD P channel   guthul made i        outpu  output disable bit 1   N channel open drain   POFF  output  5   Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits          When these bits are read out  the values are    1                                  Fig  3 5 9 Structure of UART control register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 38 of 70 7tENESAS        09  0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Baud rate generator  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Baud rate generator           Address   1C 16     rai          KAGE                                                        Fig  3 5 10 Structure of Baud rate generator    Refer to    Figure 2 4 6 Description of register struct
226. s 3A16        X1XXXXX02  INTo falling  Serial 1 02 selected    ICON1 address      16        0X0XX0XX2  INTo interrupt  serial 1 02 interrupt disabled          IREQ1  address 3C 16   612    Detection of INTo falling edge    1    IREQ1  address 3C 16   bit2       0  IREQ1  address 3C 16   bit5       0    5102  address 3116        The first byte of  Transmission data write  transmission data  One byte transmission starts               IREQ1  address 3C te   bit5 2  Judgment of completion of one byte        transmission    1    IREQ1  address 3C 16   bits       0    The second byte of  Transmission data write    5102  address 3116         ansmission data  One byte transmission starts               IREQ1  address 3C t6   bit5 2  Judgment of completion of one byte      transmission             Fig  2 3 20 Control procedure of transmission side       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 41 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O    SEE     X  This bit is not used here  Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary   Initialization     address 0116                1    address 0016                1  Quasi SRDY signal    H              SIO2CON  P1D    address 3016        000000112 Serial 1 02 setting  address 0316                00    2           Generation of a 2 ms interval using Timer          address 0016   bitO       0    PO  address 0016                1  Quasi SRDY signal output    SIO2  address 3116   lt     Dummy data  Transmit receive shift completion 
227. s bit   This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0           Fig  3 5 4 Structure of Port P1P3 control register    Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          35 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Transmit Receive buffer register  b7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi         Transmit Receive buffer register  TB RB   Address   18 16     The transmission data is written to or the receive data is read out   from this buffer register      At writing  A data is written to the transmit buffer register      At reading  The contents of the receive buffer register are read  out                 Note  The contents of transmit buffer register cannot be read out   The data cannot be written to the receive buffer register        Fig  3 5 5 Structure of Transmit Receive buffer register    UART status register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 61         UART status register  UARTSTS   Address   19 16     EE        Ja      buffer empty flag x Buffer full  TBE   Buffer empty  Receive buffer full flag  RBF     Buffer empty    Buffer full  Transmit shift register shift    Transmit shift in progress  completion flag  TSC    Transmit shift completed                   pes     Lg He          Overrun error  Parity error flag  PE       No error    Parity error  Framing error flag  FE  I No error  AO  PE  Summing error flag  SE   0  E 21    Nothing is allocated for this bit  T isa eue            bit  1 x  When this bit is read out  the value is    1                   
228. s instruction takes a bit wise logical AND of  A and M contents  however  the contents of A  and M are not modified    The contents of N  V  Z are changed  but the  contents of A  M remain unchanged        BMI f This instruction takes a branch to the ap    Note 4  pointed address when N is 1  The branch  address is specified by a relative address   If N is 0  the next instruction is executed        This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address if Z is 0  The branch address  is specified by a relative address  If Z is 1  the  next instruction is executed                                               Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 56 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    7534               APPENDIX    3 8 Machine instructions       Addressing mode    Processor status register       ABS    ABS  X    ABS  Y    IND    ZP  IND    IND  X    IND  Y    REL                     OP       OP       OP    n      JOP           JOP       JOP                   6D    3  70    3  79    3    61    2171    2                                                                                                                               Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 57 of 70          09  0178 0300     2          1 5    7534 Group    APPENDIX    3 8 Machine instructions       Symbol    Function    Details    Addressing mode       A         A    ZP              JOP  n    it            BPL   Note 4     This instruction takes a branch to the ap   pointed address if N is 0  The branch address  is specifie
229. s shown in Figure 2 3 28     SIO1CON  address 1  16  bit 7  bit 6  lt   102 e Serial    1 enabled    Handling of clear the serial l O1      SIO1CON  address 1A16  bit 7  bit 6 112 e Serial l O1 cleared  SIO1CON  address 1  16  bit 7  bit 6  lt   002   Serial      1 disabled    UARTCON  address 1Bt16   BRG  address 1  16             Set again  Note         Serial 1   1 register set again    SIO1CON  address 1  16      10XXXXXX 2    Set again  Note       Serial 1 01 enabled             Note  When the contents of register is not changed  setting again is not necessary        Fig  2 3 28 Sequence of clearing serial           2  Data transmission control with referring to transmit shift register completion flag  The transmit shift register completion flag changes from    1    to    0    with a delay of 0 5 to 1 5 shift  clocks  When data transmission is controlled with referring to the flag after writing the data to the  transmit buffer register  note the delay      3  Writing transmit data  When an external clock is used as the synchronous clock for the clock synchronous serial I O  write  the transmit data to the transmit buffer register  serial I O shift register  at          of the transfer clock  input level      4  Serial 1 02 transmit receive shift completion                    transmit receive shift completion flag  bit 7  of the serial 1   2 control register is set to    1    after  completing transmit receive shift  In order to set this flag to    0     write data  dummy
230. s transmission   The TXD pin will stop at high level after completing transmission of 1 byte   3   If the transmit buffer contents are rewritten during a continuous transmission  transmission of the rewritten data will be started after    completing transmission of 1 byte     Fig  26 Continuous transmission operation of UART serial I O          Rev 3 00       23  2006 page 26 of 55  REJO9BO01 78 0300    RENESAS    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION         Universal serial bus  USB  mode    By setting bits 7 and 6 of the serial      1 control register  address  001A16  to    11     the USB mode is selected  This mode conforms to  Low Speed USB2 0 specification  In this mode serial 1 01 interrupt    have 6 sources  USB in and out token receive  set up token receive   USB reset  suspend  and resume  The USB status UART status    register functions as the USB status register  USBSTS  There is    the USBVREFOUT pin for the USB reference voltage output  and a D   line with 1 5 kO external resistor can be pull up  USB mode block  and USB transceiver block show in figures 27 and 28        Data bus              P10 D  O  USB    transceiver  P11 D O                   76 MHz             Digital    Address 001816             Receive buffer register      RxRDY                bit stuffing decoder          Receive shift register                         Differential input and  Single end input    Output data and      control       USB transmit unit                        
231. signal             SDATA at serial 1 02  output transmit    SDATA at serial 1 02       input receive    Serial 1   2 interrupt request bit set    Note   When the internal clock is selected as the transfer and the direction register of P1 3 SDATA pin is set to the input mode   the SDATA pin is in a high impedance state after the data transfer is completed     Fig  36 Serial 1 02 timing  LSB first           Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 35 of 55          5   5          09  0178 0300    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       A D Converter    The functional blocks of the A D converter are described below      A D conversion register  AD   The A D conversion register is a read only register that stores the  result of A D conversion  Do not read out this register during an A D  conversion      A D control register  ADCON   The A D control register controls the A D converter  Bit 2 to 0 are  analog input pin selection bits  Bit 4 is the AD conversion completion  bit  The value of this bit remains at    O    during A D conversion  and  changes to    1    at completion of A D conversion    A D conversion is started by setting this bit to    O    except during an A   D conversion      Comparison voltage generator    The comparison voltage generator divides the voltage between   55  and VREF by 1024 by a resistor ladder  and outputs the divided volt   ages  Since the generator is disconnected from VREF pin and Vss  pin  current is not flowing into the resistor ladder      Ch
232. signal produced with an external resonator  or by an external oscillator   while program execution is in progress  wait until the target clock signal is stable   5  Differences between Products  Before changing from one product to another  i e  to one with a different type number  confirm that the  change will not lead to problems       The characteristics of MPU MCU in the same group but having different type numbers may differ  because of the differences in internal memory capacity and layout pattern  When changing to  products of different type numbers  implement a system evaluation test for each of the products              BEFORE USING THIS MANUAL    This user   s manual consists of the following three chapters  Refer to the chapter appropriate to your conditions   such as hardware design or software development  Chapter 3 also includes necessary information for  systems development  You must refer to that chapter     1  Organization      CHAPTER 1 HARDWARE  This chapter describes features of the microcomputer and operation of each peripheral function       CHAPTER 2 APPLICATION  This chapter describes usage and application examples of peripheral functions  based mainly on  setting examples of relevant registers       CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX  This chapter includes necessary information for systems development using the microcomputer  such  as the electrical characteristics  the list of registers     2  Structure of register    The figure of each register structure describes i
233. sing  2 67 US interrupt request processing in case of no interrupt  F W Reset processing in case RxPID   0 gt  Reset interrupt         Reset interrupt  of interrupt request processing eset processing      case FW processing  of interrupt request    Resume interrupt  Spec   Reset Reset Reset processing  2 67 us SIE   Reset interrupt request Reset interrupt request Reset interrupt request  F W   Reset processing Reset processing Reset processing      Function of USBPID control register 0  address 002316   Bit 4  STALL handshake control for OUT token  of this register is forcibly set by SIE under the special condition shown below   Set condition  when PID of data packet   DATAO  incorrect PID  in the status stage of the control read transfer       SYNC field at reception       Normally  the SYNC field consists of  KJKJKJKK   8 bits   However  as for SIE of the 7534 Group  when the low order 6 bits are  KJKJKK   it is  determined as SYNC        Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006 page 33 of 55  REJ09B01 78 0300             5   5    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION        Serial 1 02    The serial 1 02 function can be used only for clock synchronous se   rial I O    For clock synchronous serial 1   2 the transmitter and the receiver  must use the same clock  When the internal clock is used  transfer is  started by a write signal to the serial l O2 register      Serial 1 02 control register  SIO2CON  The serial 1   2 control register contains 8 bits which control various  serial I 
234. ster shift completion flag  0  Transmit shift in progress  1  Transmit shift completed    Overrun error flag  0  No error  1  Overrun error    Parity error flag  0  No error   1  Parity error CPU read  Enabled   CPU write  Clear  Hardware read  Not used    Framing error flag Hardware write  Set    0  No error  1  Framing error    Summing error flag  0  No error  1  Summing error       Not used  returns    1    when read     Baud rate generator   BRG  address 001  16     This register is valid only when selecting the UART mode   A baud rate value is set    CPU read  Disabled   CPU write  Set Clear   Hardware read  Used   Hardware write  Not used       Fig  32 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  4        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006          31 of 55          5   5          09  0178 0300    7534               HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Fig  33 Structure of serial l O1 related registers  5                                            UART control register   UARTCON  address 001   16     Character length selection bit  0  8 bits  1  7 bits    Parity enable bit  0  Parity checking disabled  1  Parity checking enabled    Parity selection bit  0  Even parity  1  Odd parity    Stop bit length selection bit  0  1 stop bit  1  2 stop bits    P channel output disable bit  0  CMOS output  1  N channel open drain output    Not used  returns    1    when read     Serial l O1 control register     SIO1CON  address 001A16     BRG count source selection bit  0  f XIN   1  f XIN  A 
235. stics    Vcc   4 4 V to 5 25 V   Oscillation stopped in USB mode  USB  SUSPEND    pull up resistor  output included   Fig  3 1 1     Ta 0to 70 G                      Table 3 1 5 A D Converter characteristics  1   Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Ta    20 to 85   C  unless otherwise noted     Parameter    Test conditions    Limits       Typ        Resolution       Linearity error    Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Ta 25            Differential nonlinear error    Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V         25            VOT    Zero transition voltage             VREF   5 12 V               VFST    Full scale transition voltage             VREF   5 12 V    mV       tCONV    Conversion time    tc XIN        RLADDER    Ladder resistor               IVREF    Reference power source input current    VREF   5 0 V       VREF   3 0 V    HA                     A D port input current                loUT is included to this ratings           Fig  3 1 1 Power source current measurement circuit in USB  mode at oscillation stop                           Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 5 of 70  REJ09B0178 0300             5   5    7534 Group    APPENDIX    3 1 Electrical characteristics       3 1 5 Timing requirements    Table 3 1 6 Timing requirements  Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Ta    20 to 85   C  unless otherwise noted     Symbol    Parameter    Limits       Typ        tw RESET     Reset input    L    pulse width                       External clock input cycle time       tWH XIN     External clock input    H    pulse wid
236. stor of 1      to  10         Set to the output mode and open at    L            H    level              VREF   Connect to Vss  GND    Xout              only when using an external clock  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 7 of 78          5   5          09  0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    2 1 5 Notes on input and output pins     1  Notes in stand by state  In stand by state   for low power dissipation  do not make input levels of an input port and an I O  port    undefined      Pull up  connect the port to Vcc  or pull down  connect the port to Vss  these ports through a  resistor   When determining a resistance value  note the following points     External circuit    Variation of output levels during the ordinary operation    When using a built in pull up resistor  note on varied current values     When setting as an input port   Fix its input level    When setting as an output port   Prevent current from flowing out to external       Reason  The potential which is input to the input buffer in a microcomputer is unstable in the state that input  levels of a input port and an I O port are    undefined     This may cause power source current        stand by state   the stop mode by executing the STP instruction  the wait mode by executing the WIT instruction     2  Modifying output data with bit managing instruction  When the port latch of an I O port is modified with the bit managing instruction    the value of the  unspecified bit may be changed       Reason 
237. struction  D                4              40 Block diagram of watchdog timer             Internal reset          60    Watchdog timer control register address 0039 16   WDTCON       Watchdog timer H  read only for high order 6 bit     STP instruction disable bit  0  STP instruction enabled  1  STP instruction disabled          Watchdog timer H count source selection bit  0  Watchdog timer L underflow  1           16       Fig  41 Structure of watchdog timer control register       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 37 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    3    NE   SAS    7534 Group    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION       Reset Circuit  The microcomputer is put into a reset status by holding the RESET          pin at the    L    level for 15 us or more when the power source voltage  is 4 1 to 5 5 V and XIN is in stable oscillation                 After that  this reset status is released by returning the RESET pin to  the          level  The program starts from the address having the con   tents of address FFFDt16 as high order address and the contents of  address FFFCt6 as low order address    Note that the reset input voltage should be 0 82 V or less when the  power source voltage passes 4 1 V                         Note     Power source   voltage  0v    Reset input    voltage  OV    Note   Reset release voltage Vcc   4 1 V                         Power source     as voltage      detection circuit    Fig  42 Example of reset circuit    Clock from on chip  oscillator    SYNC    Address    
238. t  request bit and an interrupt enable bit  and they are controlled by the  interrupt disable flag  When the interrupt enable bit and the interrupt  request bit are set to  1  and the interrupt disable flag is set to  0   an  interrupt is accepted    The interrupt request bit can be cleared by program but not be set   The interrupt enable bit can be set and cleared by program    It becomes usable by switching CNTRo and A D interrupt sources  with bit 7 of the interrupt edge selection register  timer 2 and serial 1   O2 interrupt sources with bit 6  timer X and key on wake up interrupt  sources with bit 5  and serial I O transmit and INT1 interrupt sources  with bit 4    The reset and BRK instruction interrupt can never be disabled with  any flag or bit  All interrupts except these are disabled when the in   terrupt disable flag is set    When several interrupts occur at the same time  the interrupts are  received according to priority     Table 6 Interrupt vector address and priority    Interrupt operation   Upon acceptance of an interrupt the following operations are auto    matically performed    1  The processing being executed is stopped    2  The contents of the program counter and processor status regis   ter are automatically pushed onto the stack    3  The interrupt disable flag is set and the corresponding interrupt  request bit is cleared    4  Concurrently with the push operation  the interrupt destination  address is read from the vector table into the program cou
239. t 7  circuit       Fig  3 4 2 Wiring for the RESET pin    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 27 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise     3  Wiring for clock input output pins    Make the length of wiring which is connected to clock I O pins as short as possible     Make the length of wiring  within 20mm  across the grounding lead of a capacitor which is connected  to an oscillator and the Vss pin of a microcomputer as short as possible     Separate the Vss pattern only for oscillation from other Vss patterns       Reason  If noise enters clock I O pins  clock waveforms may be deformed  This may cause a program  failure or program runaway  Also  if a potential difference is caused by the noise between the Vss  level of a microcomputer and the Vss level of an oscillator  the correct clock will not be input in  the microcomputer        Fig  3 4 3 Wiring for clock I O pins     4  Wiring to CNVss pin  Connect the CNVSs pin to the Vss pin with the shortest possible wiring       Reason  The processor mode of a microcomputer is influenced by a potential at the       55 pin  If a  potential difference is caused by the noise between pins       55 and Vss  the processor mode         become unstable  This may cause a microcomputer malfunction or a program runaway        Fig  3 4 4 Wiring for CNVss pin    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 28 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise     5  Wirin
240. t level  4       P1P3C                      Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input  level              2       Remote wake up Routine    Configuration to TTL input level         for P10  P12  P13 input level   lt                                Configuration to TTL input  level for P10  P12  P13 input  level        Fig  3 3 12 Countermeasure  2  by software    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 26 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 4 Countermeasures against noise    3 4 Countermeasures against noise  3 4 1 Shortest wiring length     1  Package  Select the smallest possible package to make the total wiring length short       Reason  The wiring length depends on a microcomputer package  Use of a small package  for example  QFP and not DIP  makes the total wiring length short to reduce influence of noise                             Fig  3 4 1 Selection of packages     2  Wiring for RESET pin  Make the length of wiring which is connected to the RESET pin as short as possible  Especially   connect a capacitor across the RESET pin and the Vss pin with the shortest possible wiring  within  20mm             Reason  The width of a pulse input into the RESET pin is determined by the timing necessary conditions   If noise having a shorter pulse width than the standard is input to the RESET pin  the reset is  released before the internal state of the microcomputer is completely initialized  This may cause  a program runaway        Reset  circuit    Rese
241. t registers           0                                             21  Fig  2 2 17 Control procedure                          nennen nennt 22  Fig  2 2 18 Judgment method of valid invalid of input pulses                                                    23  Fig  2 2 19 Relevant registers setting                   nennen nennen      24  Fig  2 2 20 Control procedure                                              25  Fig  2 2 21 Timers connection and setting of division ratios                 26  Fig  2 2 22 Relevant registers setting                27  Fig  2 2 23 Control                    uu                   E        ES 28  Fig  2 3 1 Memory map of registers relevant to serial                                29  Fig  2 3 2 Structure of Transmit Receive buffer register       29  Fig  2 3 3 Structure of UART status register                            30  Fig  2 3 4 Structure of Serial 1 01 control                                    30  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 5 049 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    List of figures    7534 Group  Fig  2 3 5 Structure of UART control register                     ener 31  Fig  2 3 6 Structure of Baud rate generator                     31  Fig  2 3 7 Structure of Serial 1 02 control register                                  32  Fig  2 3 8 Structure of Serial 1   2                                        32  Fig  2 3 9 Structure of Interrupt edge selection                                33  Fig  2 3 10 Structure of Interrupt request register 1        
242. t to    1    when data is transferred from shift register to buffer by hardware   This bit is cleared to  0  by reading from buffer           Fig  2 4 7 Register structures relevant to USB  1        Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 58 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB    USB data toggle synchronization register  TRSYNC   Address 1D 16   7 66 b5 64 63 62 bi 00                     ID   HW  WR   RD  n    Initial value 0 NH    Sequence bit toggle   0  No toggle  p        Set  flag 1  Sequence toggle ble    Setting condition of this flag to    1    is as follows      Setting of handshake for OUT token      EPOPID is ACK  toggle of data PID is  performed normally  and errors do not occur at data phase during OUT and  SETUP transaction      When ACK is received during IN transaction    This bit is cleared to  0  by writing dummy to this register     USB ras source      register 1  USBIR1   Address 1E 16   b3 b2 bl 00    EX                                             WR RD WR    Initial value 0                        0  Endpoint 0 interrupt Ena Set   determination flag 1  Endpoint 1 interrupt ble Clear  This flag is set to    1    when IN token interrupt of endpoint 1 occurs     This flag is cleared to    0    when IN token interrupt of endpoint 0 occurs   Writing to this bit is invalid  Do not write    1    to bits 0 to 6     USB ME  o        register 2     Address 1   16   b3 b2         Sa T Es   RD WR RD  WR    Initial value  Suspend request flag   0  No
243. te output    USB input output level when   Serial 1 01 function Serial 1 01 control  2    selecting USB function input output register  3     CMOS compatible input level  Serial 1 02 function Serial 1   2 control  4     CMOS 3 state output input output register  5     Note  Timer X function input output   Timer X mode register  6     10    A D conversion input A D control register  7     8    External interrupt input   Interrupt edge selection  9    register   10     Note  Port P10  P12  P13  P3e  P37 is CMOS TTL input level                 Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          17 of 55    REJ09BO01 78 0300    134    NE   SAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION        2  Port P1o    Serial 1 01 mode selection bit  b7      Pull up control Serial 1 01 mode selection bit  b6          Receive enable bit                         Direction  register                Serial l O1 mode selection bit m S        Serial 1 01 mode selection bit  66                            rs Direction  Data bus       Port latch register       HQ  Data bus Port latch o  gt                                                                                         94 P10 P12 P13 input    level selection bit    To key input interrupt  lt      enerating circuit  2 2 Serial 1 01                      3  Port P11 D  input       1     P channel output disable bit                     3    Serial l O1 mode selection bit  67      D  output BENE  ial I O1 lecti i    Serial l O1 mode selection bit  b6  086            
244. ted  E EZ                                  Note    26         P27 AN7        be selected in the 36        and 42 pin versions       This bit can be cleared to    0    by program  but cannot be set to    1           Fig  3 5 30 Structure of A D control register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 48 of 70 134    NE SAS  REJO9B01 78 0300    7534               A D conversion register  high order   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 61 bO    ENENENE     A D conversion register  high order   ADH   Address   3616        The read only register in which the                            5 results         stored      lt  10 bit read gt        When these bits are read out  the values are    0                             Fig  3 5 31 Structure of A D conversion register  high order        A D conversion register  low order   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0     ITTI  A D conversion register  low order   ADL   Address   3516     The read only register in which the A D conversion   s results are  stored      lt  8 bit read gt           b7                     lt  10 bit read gt     60    67                               Fig  3 5 32 Structure      A D conversion register  low order     Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 49 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits           APPENDIX    3 5 List of registers    PF  ES                                                      APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    ISRG  b7 06 65 64 b3 62 b1 60    MISRG  Address   3816
245. ted on by the BIT instruction is stored  in the negative flag     Table 4 Set and clear instructions of each bit of processor status register       Set instruction       Clear instruction CLC   CLI       Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 12 of 55  REJ09B0178 0300    CLD   CLT CLV      7tENESAS    HARDWARE    7534 Group FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION        CPU Mode Register  CPUM  The CPU mode register contains the stack page selection bit   This register is allocated at address 003  16             CPU mode register   CPUM  address 003B16     Processor mode bits  b1     0 Single chip mode  1    0   Not available  1    Stack page selection bit  0  0 page  1  1 page    Not used  returns  0  when read    Do not write  1  to these bits      Main clock division ratio selection bits  b7 b6  0                     2  High speed mode   1           f XIN  8  Middle speed mode   0   applied from on chip oscillator  1   f 6   f XIN   Double speed mode        Fig  10 Structure of CPU mode register    Switching method of CPU mode register Note on stack page  Switch the CPU mode register  CPUM  at the head of program after When 1 page is used as stack area by the stack page selection bit   releasing Reset in the following method  the area which can be used as stack depends on RAM size  Espe     cially  be careful that the RAM area varies in Mask ROM version   One Time PROM version and Emulator MCU        After releasing reset Start with an on chip oscillator  Note              Wait until establish ceramic
246. termeasure  2  by software                   70  Fig  2 5 1 Memory        of registers relevant to A D                                                                    71  Fig  2 5 2 Structure of A D control                                                      71  Fig  2 5 3 Structure of A D conversion register  high order              72  Fig  2 5 4 Structure of A D conversion register                                      72  Fig  2 5 5 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register        73  Fig  2 5 6 Structure of Interrupt request register 7    73  Fig  2 5 7 Structure of Interrupt control register 1                             74  Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 6 of 9 RENESAS    REJ09B0178 0300    7534 Group    Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig   Fig     List of figures    2 5 8  Connection diagr aih           Mas                                            75  2 5 9 Relevant registers                                   75  2 5 10 Control procedure for 8 bit read                                         76  2 5 11 Control procedure for 10 bit                        76  2 5 12 Method to stabilize A D conversion                                   47       77  2 6 1 Example of poweron reset circuit                 78    CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX    Fig  3 1 1 Power source current measurement circuit in USB mode at oscillation stop          5  Fig  3 1 2 Output switching characteristics measurement circuit                                                 6          5       Timing Ghall         
247. th       tWL XIN     External clock input  L  pulse width       tc CNTR     CNTRo input cycle time       tWH CNTR     CNTRo            INT1 input          pulse width       tWL CNTR     CNTRo  INTO  INT  input    L    pulse width       tc SCLk     Serial 1 02 clock input cycle time       tWH SCLK     Serial 1 02 clock input          pulse width       tWL SCLK     Serial 1   2 clock input    L    pulse width       tsu SDATA SCLK     Serial 1   2 input set up time       th SCLK SDATA        Serial 1 02 input hold time    3 1 6 Switching characteristics             Table 3 1 7 Switching characteristics  Vcc   4 1 to 5 5 V  Vss   0 V  Ta    20 to 85   C  unless otherwise noted     Symbol    Parameter    Limits             Min     Typ        twH SCLK     Serial 1 02 clock output  H  pulse width    tc ScLk  2 30       twL SCLK     Serial 1 02 clock output  L  pulse width    tc ScLk  2 30       td SCLK SDATA     Serial 1 02 output delay time       tv SCLK SDATA     Serial  02 output valid time       tr SCLk     Serial 1   2 clock output rising time       Serial 1 02 clock output falling time       CMOS output rising time  Note        CMOS output falling time  Note        USB output rising time  CL   200 to 450 pF  Ta   0 to 70   C  Vcc      4 4 to 5 25 V          USB output falling time  CL   200 to 450 pF         0 to 70       Vcc      4 4 to 5 25 V    Notes  XOUT pin is excluded     Measured  output pin    Fig  3 1 2 Output switching characteristics measurement circuit    100 pF  
248. the host gives the device the instruction of the communication processing which the host  side executes    Token   executes data transmit receive    Data   and indicates the completion of the  communication is shown at the end    Handshake    These communication processings are executed in order by each one unit which has the data  structure    Packet format   and one processing    Transaction  is completed   The content of processing can be identified according to PID  Packet IDentifier field  which is         unit of data  Field  which composes each packet   Not only the content of processing  but also the data structure in the packet can be identified by this PID   Table 2 4 2 shows the packet type of USB     Table 2 4 2 Packet types of USB                      Packet type Transmitter Operation  SOF  Start of Frame    Host Packet indicating the top of frame  1 ms  including all transfer types  Token Host Packet indicating the processing to execute  Data Host Device               indicating the transmit receive data for processing shown by token  Handshake Host Device  Packet indicating the result of communication processing    In 7534 Group  the token  data  and the handshake of packet types in Table 2 4 2 can be controlled  by software      4  Packet structure  As for the packet type of USB  the data and the structure are different by PID   Each packet includes the following data shown with PID for which the control is required by 7534  Group     token  the receiver to co
249. through this sequence   Control Write   and the result can be  read out to host from device   Control Read    Use endpoint  ENDP     0    in the control transfer   The interrupt transfer is used when transferring a small amount of data in real time   There is no stage unlike the control transfer   Only when the host requests data  Token IN   the device can transmit data   Use the endpoint in the interrupt transfer excluding    0     41    is set for the 7534 Group    Figure 2 4 1 shows the communication sequence of USB     Control Transfer  ENDP  endpoint    0      Control Read  Stage    Setup Handshake 1 transaction    Handshake 1 or more transaction                 SETUP      gt   Data Token   IN     gt     Token   OUT     p    Status   Token   OUT Handshake 1 transaction      Control Write  Stage    Setup Handshake 1 transaction    Data Token OUT Handshake 1 or more transaction            gt       5  II   4        4      79    Status Token   IN Handshake 1 transaction        No data Control  Stage    Setup  Token   SETUP Handshake 1 transaction    Status Token   IN Handshake 1 transaction    Interrupt Transfer  ENDP   1    Token   IN         Handshake    Note  The shaded parts show the case when the device transmits data to the host        Fig  2 4 1 Communication sequence of USB    Rev 3 00        23 2006 page 51 of 78  2          1   REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 4 USB     3  Packet type  The host side controls all the communications in USB   Basically  
250. tion register  address 3A 16   60    b7  wee                       gt  Timer X or key on wake up interrupt selection     Timer X   gt  CNTRo or AD converter interrupt source selection    CNTRo       Timer X mode register  address 2B 16   b7 60         11          Timer    operating mode  Pulse width measurement mode    CNTRo active edge switch     H    level width measurement    Timer X count  Stop  Clear to    O    when starting count    Prescaler X  address 2C 16     255    Timer X  address 201    Set    division ratio     1   b7 50    Interrupt control register 1  address      16     b7 50  ion              Timer X interrupt  Enabled        gt  CNTRo interrupt  Enabled    Interrupt request register 1  address 3C  6   b7 60    asc CRO    Timer    interrupt request   Set to    1    automatically when Timer X underflows         gt  CNTRo interrupt request       Fig  2 2 22 Relevant registers setting       Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 27 of 78          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    RESET    Initialization  SEI  All interrupts disabled    INTEDGE address 3A16   bits       0  Timer X or key on wake up interrupt selection   Timer X      bit7     0  CNTRo or AD converter interrupt source selection   CNTR o                     operating mode   Pulse width measurement mode  address ccu UU         Measure          level of pulses input from CNTR    pin    adaross 2C 1e     Set division ratio so that Timer X interrupt will occur at  address 2D16  lt    
251. to the ALU which performs a  bit wise    OR     and stores the result in A   When T   1  this instruction transfers the con   tents of M X  and the M to the ALU which  performs a bit wise OR  and stores the result               The contents of    remain unchanged   but status flags are changed    M X  represents the contents of memory  where is indicated by X        This instruction pushes the contents of    to  the memory location designated by S  and  decrements the contents of S by one        M S      PS  S lt S 1    This instruction pushes the contents of PS to  the memory location designated by S and dec   rements the contents of S by one        56 541  A amp M     This instruction increments S by one and  stores the contents of the memory designated  by SinA        56 541    PS   M S    This instruction increments S by one and  stores the contents of the memory location  designated by S in PS                             This instruction shifts either A or M one bit left  through C  C is stored in bit 0 and bit 7 is  stored in C                             This instruction shifts either A or M one bit  right through C  C is stored in bit 7 and bit 0 is  stored in C                    This instruction rotates 4 bits of the M content  to the right        5   5   PS       5   5   1  PCL  lt     5   5   5   1          lt     5        This instruction increments 5 by         and  stores the contents of the memory location  designated by S in PS  S is again incremented  by one
252. ts functions  contents at reset  and attributes as follows       Note 2   Bits Bit attributes     Note 1   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi        Contents immediately after reset release    CPU mode register  CPUM   Address   3B 16     Name Function       Processor mode bits                Not available    Stack page selection bit T    page    Nothing arranged for these bits  These are write disabled  bits  When these bits are read out  the contents are    0        Fix this bit to    0        Main clock                   stop bit        gperating       Internal system clock selection bit  2 2         selected                        Bit in which nothing is arranged   Bit that is not used for control of the corresponding function       Note 1   Contents immediately after reset release     0    at reset release     1    at reset release  Undefined at reset release  Contents determined by option at reset release    Note 2  Bit attributes The attributes of control register bits are classified into 3 bytes   read only  write   only and read and write  In the figure  these attributes are represented as follows      Read enabled Write enabled  Read disabled Write disabled     0    write       3  Supplementation    For details of software  refer to the    740 FAMILY SOFTWARE MANUAL      For details of development support tools  refer to the    Renesas Technology    Homepage  http   www renesas com      7534               Table of contents    Table of contents    CHAPTER 1 HARDWARE    DESCRIPTION
253. uction  after the following are set in order to enable the using interrupts      Clear the timer 1 interrupt enable bit to  0               bit 4      Clear the timer 2 interrupt enable bit to  0           1  bit 5     Clear the timer 1 interrupt request bit to    0     IREQ1  bit 4     Clear the timer 2 interrupt request bit to    0     IREQ1  bit 5      Clear the interupt request bit of the interrupt using for return to    O        Set the interupt enable bit of the interrupt using for return to    1        Clear the interrupt disable flag      to  0     Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 49 of 55    REJ09B0178 0300             5   5    7534 Group    Wait mode    HARDWARE    FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLEMENT    System enters the wait mode by executing the WIT instruction  In the wait mode  the oscillation is operating   but the internal clock    is stopped  Accordlingly  CPU is stopped  but the peripheral devices are operating      1  Wait mode state  Table 12 shows the state at wait mode     Table 12 Wait mode state                      Parameter State Parameter State   Oscillation Stop Watchdog timer  Operating   CPU Stop RAM State retained       port State at WIT instruction execution SFR State retained  Timer 1  timer 2 and  retained prescaler 12 excepted    Timer At selecting internal count source  CPU register  State retained  Operating     Accumulator  At selecting external count source    Index register X  Operating   Index register Y   UART Operating   Stack pointer   A D 
254. ues           0                  4   Serial 1 01 or INT  interrupt 0   Serial 1   1  selection bit 1  INT   5   Timer X or key on wake up 0   Timer X         interrupt selection bit 1   Key on wake up  Timer 2 or serial 1 02 interrupt  0  Timer 2  selection bit 1   Serial 1 02  7              or AD converter 0   CNTRo  interrupt selection bit 1   AD converter  Notes 1  32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0        2  36 pin and 32 pin version  Not used   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is  O               Fig  3 5 35 Structure of Interrupt edge selection register    CPU mode register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO              CPU mode register  CPUM   Address   3  16                 Function  ToO    Processor mode bits         Single chip mode    Not available    Not available    Not available    2   Stack page selection bit 0   0 page  1 1 page    When these bits are read out  the values are    0       Do not write    1                           Clock division ratio selection 4 J                  high speedmode   0 1 6           8   middle speed mode   0   Applied from on chip oscillator  1 6  f Xin    double speed mode           1  1       Fig  3 5 36 Structure of CPU mode register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 51 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Interrupt request register 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0    Interrupt request register
255. uilt in PROM version     1  Programming adapter  Use a special programming adapter shown in Table 3 3 1 and a general purpose PROM programmer  when reading from or programming to the built in PROM in the built in PROM version     Table 3 3 1 Programming adapters             Microcomputer Programming adapter  M37534E4GP  One Time PROM version shipped in blank  PCA7435GPG03  M37534E8SP  One Time PROM version shipped in blank  PCA7435SP  PCA7435SPG02  M37534E8FP  One Time PROM version shipped in blank  PCA7435FP  PCA7435FPGO02     2  Programming reading  In PROM mode  operation is the same as that of the M5M27C101AK  but programming conditions  of PROM programmer are not set automatically because there are no internal device ID codes   Accurately set the following conditions for data programming  reading  Take care not to apply 21 V  to VPP pin  is also used as the CNVSS pin   or the product may be permanently damaged     Programming voltage  12 5 V    Setting of PROM programmer switch  refer to Table 3 3 2     Table 3 3 2 PROM programmer address setting  PROM programmer  start address    PROM programmer    Product name format end address                M37534E4GP Address 0E08016  Note 1  Address OFFFD16  Note 1             Address 0C08016  Note 2  Address OFFFD16  Note 2   M37534E8FP    Notes 1  Addersses E08016 to FFFD16 in the built in PROM corresponds to addresses 0E08016 to OFFFD16  in the PROM programmer    2  Addersses C08016 to FFFDt16 in the built in PROM corresponds to
256. uit  for ceramic resonator                  41  49 Countermeasure  2  by software                    43  50 Method to stabilize A D conversion                                         43  51 Programming and testing of One Time PROM version                                                 44  52 Timing chart after an interrupt                     eene enn 46  53 Time up to execution of the interrupt processing routine                                             46  54 A D conversion equivalent              48  55 A D conversion timing                n    48  56 Handling of Vcc  USBVnerour pins of M37534M4 XXXFP  M37534E8FP                     53  57 Handling of Vcc  USBVnerour pins of M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534EAGP                    54  58 Handling of Vcc  USBVaerour pins of M37534E8SP  M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534RSS          55    CHAPTER 2 APPLICATION    Fig  2 1 1 Memory        of registers relevant to I O        2                  2  Fig  2 1 2 Structure of Port Pi  i   0 to 4                     entere nnne nns 2  Fig  2 1 3 Structure of Port Pi direction register  i   0 to 4        3  Fig  2 1 4 Structure of Pull up control register                   3  Fig  2 1 5 Structure of P1P3 control                                             4  Fig  2 1 6 Structure of Interrupt edge selection                                        4  Fig  2 1 7 Structure of Interrupt request register 1                      5  Fig  2 1 8 Structure of Interrupt control register 1             4400         5  
257. ull up control register  address 16 16     b7 50          411             P03 pull up on    Interrupt edge selection iregister  address 3A 16     INTEDGE                  gt  Timer         key on wake up interrupt selection    Key on wake up selected    Interrupt control register 1  address 3E 16     b7 50           Timer X or key on wake up interrupt  Enabled    Interrupt request register 1  address 3C 16     b7 60     Timer X or key on wake up interrupt request bit       Fig  2 1 9 Relevant registers setting    7534 group              i  0     3     I                   Fig  2 1 10 Application circuit example       Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006                78         5  5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 1      port    RESET   X  This bit is not used here  Set it to    0    or    1    arbitrary     Initialization    PULL  address 1616   lt            1112                     pull up On       Power down procedure    INTEDGE  address            bitS  lt  1  Key on wake up selected    IREQ1  address 3C e                0  Clear the key on wake up interrupt request bit to  0   ICON1  address     16   bit3       1  Key on wake up interrupt enabled    WIT                         Process continuation    Interrupt process of  Key on wake up                   Fig  2 1 11 Control procedure  2 1 4 Handling of unused pins    Table 2 1 1 Handling of unused pins    Pins Ports name  PO  P1  P2  P3  P4    Handling   Set to the input mode and connect each to Vcc or Vss through a resi
258. urations        USBVREFOUT    a     16                            15     P33 LEDs     14         P32 LEDz2    M37534M4 XXXGP_  13  P31 LED1   M37534E4GP 12        P3o LEDo     Vss    Eg            EJ    P22 AN2         P23 AN3      P24 AN4          P25 AN5         Outline PLQP0032GB A       Fig  3 10 2 M37534M4 XXXGP  M37534E4GP pin configuration    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006 page 69 of 70  REJ09B01 78 0300             5   5    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 10 Pin configurations     Top view     P13 SDATA  P12 SCLK  P11 TxD D   P10 RxD D   P07     06     05     04              02                   USBVREFOUT  P37 INTo  P36 LEDe  INT1    P23 AN3  lt  gt   P24 AN4    gt   P25 AN5        26             P27 AN7      P40       P41     VREF        RESET        CNVss     gt     Vcc                 SSHVESZEWN     lt         NI  O1        D  m         2   9    dSXXX VINTESZEIN                XoUT      Vss    Outline 4251    PRDP0042BA A       Fig  3 10 3 M37534M4 XXXSP  M37534E8SP  M37534RSS pin configuration    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          70 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    REVISION HISTORY 7534 Group User   s Manual    Page Summary    V   1 10  Sep 15  2001 4 Preface  Home page address revised   5 BEFORE USING THIS MANUAL  Home page address revised   1 8 Table 1 Function description of Vss  VCC revised   1 9 Fig  7    Under development    eliminated   1 13    Note on stack page    added   1 19 Fig  17 Ports P36  P37 revised   1 42 NOTES ON PROGRAMMING    Note on Stack Page    added   1 4
259. ure    for registers relevant to USB     USB data toggle synchronization register  TRSYNC   Address 1D 16   7 b6 b5 64 b3 b2 bi 00    sora                 RD WR RD WR    Initial value 0  Sequence bit toggle   0  No toggle Fu Bd  flag 1  Sequence toggle ble    Setting condition of this flag to    1    is as follows      Setting of handshake for OUT token in EPOPID is ACK  toggle of data PID is  performed normally  and errors do not occur at data phase during OUT and  SETUP transaction      When ACK is received during IN transaction    This bit is cleared to    0    by writing dummy to this register        Fig  3 5 11 Structure of USB data toggle synchronization register    USB interrupt source discrimination register 1  USBIR1   Address 1E 16   b7 b6 b5 b4 63 b2 bi 00  Foxe                        RD  WR   RD  WR    Initial value 0  1    Endpoint 0  Endpoint 0 interrupt Ena  Set   determination flag   1  Endpoint 1 interrupt ble Clear  This flag is set to  1  when IN token interrupt of endpoint 1 occurs     This flag is cleared to  0  when IN token interrupt of endpoint 0 occurs   Writing to this bit is invalid  Do not write  1  to bits O to 6        Fig  3 5 12 Structure of USB interrupt source discrimination register 1       Rev 3 00 Oct23 2006          39 of 70 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers       Refer to    Figure 2 4 6 Description of register structure    for registers relevant to USB     USB interrupt oe        register 2        
260. urement  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Falling edge   1   Timer X     L    level width measurement  CNTRo interrupt request occurrence  Rising edge          Pulse output mode        1       Event counter mode          Pulse width measurement mode             Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 45 of 70          5   5  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Timer X  b7 06 b5 64 b3 b2 61 50    Timer X  TX   Address   2D 16      Set a count value of timer X     The value set in this register is written to both timer X and timer X  latch at the same time     When this register is read out  the timer X s count value is read  out              Fig  3 5 26 Structure of Timer X    Timer count source set register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 00           Timer count source set register  TCSS   Address   2E 16     Name Function At reset                    source 0  f XiN    16  selection bit  Note  1            2    Nothing is allocated for these bits  These are write disabled bits   When these bits are read out  the values are    0                                Note  To switch the timer X count source selection bit  stop the timer X count  operation before do that        Fig  3 5 27 Structure of Timer count source set register    Rev 3 00 Oct 23  2006          46 of 70 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPENDIX    7534 Group 3 5 List of registers    Serial 1   2 control register  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi         Serial 1 02 control register  SIO2CON   Address   30 16     Inter
261. ut Renesas Electronics  does not warrant that such information is error free  Renesas Electronics assumes no liability whatsoever for any damages  incurred by you resulting from errors in or omissions from the information included herein     Renesas Electronics products are classified according to the following three quality grades     Standard        High Quality     and     Specific     The recommended applications for each Renesas Electronics product depends on the product   s quality grade  as  indicated below  You must check the quality grade of each Renesas Electronics product before using it in a particular  application  You may not use any Renesas Electronics product for any application categorized as    Specific    without the prior  written consent of Renesas Electronics  Further  you may not use any Renesas Electronics product for any application for  which it is not intended without the prior written consent of Renesas Electronics  Renesas Electronics shall not be in any way  liable for any damages or losses incurred by you or third parties arising from the use of any Renesas Electronics product for an  application categorized as    Specific    or for which the product is not intended where you have failed to obtain the prior written  consent of Renesas Electronics  The quality grade of each Renesas Electronics product is    Standard    unless otherwise  expressly specified in a Renesas Electronics data sheets or data books  etc        Standard     Computers  offi
262. v 3 00        23  2006          14 of 78 7RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 2 Timer    Interrupt request register 1  b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi         Interrupt request register 1  IREQ1   Address   3C 16       _ Name   Funcdin           E receive USBIN token D        ND interrupt request issued  interrupt request bit   Interrupt request issued  UART transmi USBSETUP    0   No interrupt request issued  OUT token Reset Suspend  1   Interrupt request issued  Resume INT   interrupt  request bit  Note 1   INTo interrupt request bit a No interrupt request issued   Note 2    Interrupt request issued  3   Timer X or key on wake up x No interrupt request issued x  interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  4   Timer 1 interrupt request bit  0  No interrupt request issued     1   Interrupt request issued  5   Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt  0  No interrupt request issued     request bit 1   Interrupt request issued  CNTRo or AD converter 0   No interrupt request issued    interrupt request bit 1   Interrupt request issued                            7   Nothing is allocated for this bit  This is a write disabled bit   When this bit is read out  the value is    0          These bits can be cleared to  0  by program  but cannot be set   Notes 1  36 pin version and 32 pin version  INT1 interrupt does not exist   2  32 pin version  INTo interrupt does not exist   This is a write disabled bit  When this bit is read out  the value is    0              Fig  2 2 9
263. wing      Make the length of the wiring which is connected to a capacitor as short as possible     Be sure to verify the operation of application products on the user side       Reason  If the several nanosecond or several ten nanosecond impulse noise enters the RESET pin  it may  cause a microcomputer failure     3 3 6 Notes on input and output pins     1  Notes in stand by state  In stand by state   for low power dissipation  do not make input levels of an input port and an I O  port    undefined      Pull up  connect the port to Vcc  or pull down  connect the port to   55  these ports through     resistor   When determining a resistance value  note the following points     External circuit    Variation of output levels during the ordinary operation    When using built in pull up or pull down resistor  note on varied current values     When setting as an input port   Fix its input level    When setting as an output port   Prevent current from flowing out to external      Reason  The potential which is input to the input buffer in a microcomputer is unstable in the state that input  levels of a input port and an I O port are    undefined     This may cause power source current        stand by state   the stop mode by executing the STP instruction  the wait mode by executing the WIT instruction     2  Modifying output data with bit managing instruction  When the port latch of an I O port is modified with the bit managing instruction    the value of the  unspecified bit may be
264. z            6 MHz divided by 64   Transfer direction   LSB first            reception side outputs the quasi Sroy signal at 2 ms intervals which the timer  generates  and 2 byte data is transferred from the transmission side to the reception  side        SRDY           2                                                                                                                            SCLK          s   YBXBXEXEXENENENEY 969696969668     TEX      2ms  4  gt            Fig  2 3 16 Timing chart    Rev 3 00 Oct 23 2006 page 38 of 78 RENESAS  REJ09B0178 0300    APPLICATION    7534 Group 2 3 Serial I O       Figures 2 3 17 and 2 3 19 show the registers setting relevant to the serial 1 02 and Figure 2 3 18  shows the transmission data setting of the serial 1   2     Serial    2 control register  address 30 16   b7 0    bi  SIO2CON fo            Internal synchronous clock   f X       64  SDATA pin   SDATA output    gt  LSB first   Internal clock          Interrupt edge selection register  address 3A 16     b7       a mene Hi             INTo interrupt edge   Falling edge active        gt  Timer 2 or serial      2 interrupt selection   Serial 1 02    Interrupt control register 1  address SE 16     b7 50       INTo interrupt   Disabled     gt  Serial      2 interrupt   Disabled       Interrupt request register 1  address 3C 16   b7 0    bi  mea       oj       INTo interrupt request       Serial      2 interrupt request   Confirm transmission completion of one byte unit  using t
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Service & Maintenance Manual  basic gel  Canon ELPH 300 HS Digital Camera User Manual  Descargar Ficha Técnica  平成 27 年度 検査・鑑定等説明会資料  Gesamtprospekt DE  TS 100 Cable Fault Finder  FICHE BILAN FPH  Un exemple pratique de prévention des risques  T'nB SROPCLIK mice    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file